lessonplan - EMC Publishing
Transcription
lessonplan - EMC Publishing
i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd i 7/9/09 10:47:06 AM American Tradition Program Planning Guide Care has been taken to verify the accuracy of information presented in this book. However, the authors, editors, and publisher cannot accept responsibility for Web, e-mail, newsgroup, or chat room subject matter or content, or for consequences from application of the information in this book, and make no warranty, expressed or implied, with respect to its content. Trademarks: Some of the product names and company names included in this book have been used for identification purposes only and may be trademarks or registered trade names of their respective manufacturers and sellers. The authors, editors, and publisher disclaim any affiliation, association, or connection with, or sponsorship or endorsement by, such owners. ISBN 978-0-82193-193-6 © 2009 by EMC Publishing, LLC 875 Montreal Way St. Paul, MN 55102 E-mail: [email protected] Web site: www.emcschool.com All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be adapted, reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise, without prior written permission from the publisher. Teachers using Mirrors & Windows: Connecting with Literature, American Tradition may photocopy complete pages in sufficient quantities for classroom use only and not for resale. Printed in the United States of America 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 09 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd ii 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 7/9/09 10:47:07 AM CONTENTS Introduction ix Core Standards-Based Selections Chart x Reading Log & Evaluation Forms xviii Unit 1 Unit 1 Origins of the American Tradition Opener Part 1: Native American Traditions / Understanding Literary Forms: The Oral Tradition / The Osage Creation Account / The Navajo Creation Myth Song of the Sky Loom / Prayer to the Pacific Coyote and the Earth Monster from The Iroquois Constitution Part 2: Shaping the New World / A Journey through Texas from The General History of Virginia / from Of Plymouth Plantation / Grammar & Style Workshop: Subject-Verb Agreement To My Dear and Loving Husband / Vocabulary & Spelling Workshop: Archaic Language Huswifery from Sinners in the Hands of an Angry God / Grammar & Style Workshop: Verb Tenses from The Interesting Narrative of the Life of Olaudah Equiano, or Gustavus Vassa, the African, Written by Himself On Being Brought from Africa to America / To S.M., a Young African Painter, on Seeing His Works Part 3: The American Revolution / Author Focus: Benjamin Franklin / from The Autobiography of Benjamin Franklin / from Poor Richard’s Almanack / Ben Franklin: Scientist and Inventor Speech in the Virginia Convention / Vocabulary & Spelling Workshop: Word Parts from Common Sense / from The Crisis, No. 1 / Grammar & Style Workshop: Pronouns Declaration of Independence / Bill of Rights Letter to John Adams from Letters from an American Farmer Speaking & Listening Workshop: Present a Literary Work Writing Workshop: Persuasive Writing—Defend a Viewpoint Test Practice Workshop 1 3 5 7 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 33 34 35 36 Unit 2 Unit 2 New England Renaissance Opener Part 1: Fireside Poets / Thanatopsis / Vocabulary & Spelling Workshop: Greek and Latin Words Old Ironsides Stanzas on Freedom The Tide Rises, the Tide Falls / A Psalm of Life from Snow-Bound Part 2: Transcendentalism / Understanding Literary Forms: The Essay / Author Focus: Ralph Waldo Emerson / from Nature / The Rhodora / Grammar & Style Workshop: Sentence Variety Concord Hymn Author Focus: Henry David Thoreau / from Walden / The Present / Vocabulary & Spelling Workshop: Denotation and Connotation © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd iii Program Planning Guide CONTENTS 37 39 41 42 44 46 48 50 52 iii 7/9/09 10:47:07 AM from Civil Disobedience / from Self-Reliance / Grammar & Style Workshop: Sentence Fragments Letter to Sophia Ripley Part 3: American Gothic / The Devil and Tom Walker Author Focus: Edgar Allan Poe / The Raven / Alone / Letter to John Allan The Fall of the House of Usher / Understanding Literary Criticism: Psychological Criticism / Grammar & Style Workshop: Run-On Sentences Death of Edgar Allan Poe The Minister’s Black Veil Loomings, from Moby-Dick / Vocabulary & Spelling Workshop: Eponyms Speaking & Listening Workshop: Prepare Notes for a Presentation Writing Workshop: Descriptive Writing—Describe a Setting Test Practice Workshop 54 56 57 59 61 63 65 67 69 70 71 Unit 3 Unit 3 Slavery and the Civil War Opener Part 1: A Nation Divided / from Narrative of the Life of Frederick Douglass, an American Slave, Written by Himself / Frederick Douglass / Grammar & Style Workshop: Unified Paragraphs An Occurrence at Owl Creek Bridge The Gettysburg Address / Letter to Mrs. Bixby / The Second Inaugural Address / Grammar & Style Workshop: Parallel Structure Farewell to His Army / At the Public Market Museum: Charleston, South Carolina from Incidents in the Life of a Slave Girl, Seven Years Concealed / Grammar & Style Workshop: Transitions Part 2: Lyric Poets / Understanding Literary Forms: Poetry / Author Focus: Walt Whitman / from Preface to Leaves of Grass / from I Hear America Singing / Vocabulary & Spelling Workshop: Suffixes from Song of Myself By the Bivouac’s Fitful Flame / Beat! Beat! Drums! / Mathew Brady: Civil War Photographer Ode to Walt Whitman Author Focus: Emily Dickinson / Much Madness is divinest Sense— / I heard a Fly buzz—when I died— / Because I could not stop for Death— / This is my letter to the World / Battle for the Belle of Amherst There’s a certain Slant of light— / My life closed twice before its close— / The Soul selects her own Society— Speaking & Listening Workshop: Deliver a Narrative Presentation Writing Workshop: Persuasive Writing—Solve a Problem Test Practice Workshop 72 74 76 78 80 82 84 86 88 90 92 94 96 97 98 Unit 4 Unit 4 Expanding Frontiers Opener Part 1: Realism and Naturalism / Author Focus: Mark Twain / The Notorious Jumping Frog of Calaveras County / How to Tell a Story / Grammar & Style Workshop: Irregular Verbs from Life on the Mississippi / Understanding Literary Criticism: BiographicalHistorical Criticism The Outcasts of Poker Flat / Grammar & Style Workshop: Modifiers Richard Cory / Miniver Cheevy iv i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd iv CONTENTS Program Planning Guide 99 101 103 105 107 © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:07 AM To Build a Fire / How to Build a Campfire / Vocabulary & Spelling Workshop: Context Clues Do not weep, maiden, for war is kind / A Man Said to the Universe Part 2: The Native American Experience / I Will Fight No More Forever / I Am the Last of My Family from Black Elk Speaks I Tried to Be Like My Mother Part 3: Struggling for Equality / Understanding Literary Forms: The Speech / Keeping the Thing Going While Things Are Stirring / Ain’t I a Woman? The Destructive Male / Woman’s Right to Suffrage / Letter to Elizabeth Cady Stanton The Emancipation of Women The Story of an Hour / Grammar & Style Workshop: Verbal Phrases from Songs of Gold Mountain We Wear the Mask from Up from Slavery from The Souls of Black Folk Booker T. and W. E. B. Speaking & Listening Workshop: Use Active-Listening Skills Writing Workshop: Descriptive Writing—Create a Profile Test Practice Workshop 109 111 113 115 117 118 120 122 123 125 127 129 130 132 133 134 135 Unit 5 Unit 5 Early Twentieth Century Opener Part 1: Modernism / Understanding Literary Forms: The Novel / from The Great Gatsby / Grammar & Style Workshop: Subordination Author Focus: Ernest Hemingway / from The Sun Also Rises / from For Whom the Bell Tolls / The Artist’s Reward / Grammar & Style Workshop: Coordination In a Station of the Metro / The River-Merchant’s Wife: A Letter / A Few Don’ts by an Imagiste Petals / Mid-Day Author Focus: William Carlos Williams / The Red Wheelbarrow / This Is Just to Say / The Dance / Vocabulary & Spelling Workshop: Semantic Families The Love Song of J. Alfred Prufrock Understanding Literary Criticism: Reader-Response Criticism / Poetry / Ars Poetica Ars Poetica somewhere i have never travelled,gladly beyond Anecdote of the Jar Part 2: The Common Life / A Wagner Matinee / Grammar & Style Workshop: Appositives Lucinda Matlock / Petit, the Poet Author Focus: Robert Frost / Birches / from Robert Frost: A Life / Mending Wall / The Death of the Hired Man Chicago / The Architecture of Chicago / Grass Sonnet XXX / from A Few Figs from Thistles Part 3: Harlem Renaissance / Author Focus: Langston Hughes / The Negro Speaks of Rivers / I, Too, Sing America / from The Big Sea America / A Black Man Talks of Reaping / Vocabulary & Spelling Workshop: Synonyms and Antonyms Author Focus: James Weldon Johnson / My City / Go Down, Death / from Black Manhattan Any Human to Another Storm Ending © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd v Program Planning Guide CONTENTS 136 138 140 142 144 146 148 150 152 153 154 155 157 159 161 163 164 166 168 170 171 v 7/9/09 10:47:07 AM from Dust Tracks on a Road Speaking & Listening Workshop: Use Visual Aids Writing Workshop: Narrative Writing—Write an Application Essay Test Practice Workshop 172 174 175 176 Unit 6 Unit 6 Depression and World War II Opener Part 1: Hard Times / from Let Us Now Praise Famous Men / Grammar & Style Workshop: Precise Language Author Focus: John Steinbeck / from The Grapes of Wrath / Letter to Elizabeth Otis / The Chrysanthemums A Date Which Will Live in Infamy / from No Ordinary Time The Death of the Ball Turret Gunner / World War II Recruitment Posters A Noiseless Flash, from Hiroshima / Grammar & Style Workshop: Active and Passive Voice The Watch Part 2: Southern Renaissance / Understanding Literary Forms: The Short Story / The Jilting of Granny Weatherall Author Focus: William Faulkner / A Rose for Emily / Nobel Prize Acceptance Speech / Darl, from As I Lay Dying / Grammar & Style Workshop: Possessive Nouns and Pronouns The Son A Worn Path / Is Phoenix Jackson’s Grandson Really Dead? / Vocabulary & Spelling Workshop: Contractions Portrait of a Girl in Glass / Vocabulary & Spelling Workshop: Colloquial Language Speaking & Listening Workshop: Deliver a How-To Presentation Writing Workshop: Expository Writing: Create a Multimedia Presentation Test Practice Workshop 177 179 181 183 185 187 189 191 193 195 197 199 201 202 203 Unit 7 Unit 7 Postwar Era Opener Part 1: Real Life / The Life You Save May Be Your Own The Magic Barrel / Grammar & Style Workshop: Hyphens, Ellipses, and Italics Elegy for Jane One Art Farewell to a Traveler Once More to the Lake Part 2: Conflict and Conformity / Understanding Literary Forms: The Drama / Author Focus: Arthur Miller / The Crucible, Act I / from Why I Wrote “The Crucible”: An Artist’s Answer to Politics The Crucible, Act 2 The Crucible, Act 3 / Senate Hearings: McCarthy-Welch Exchange: “Have You No Sense of Decency?” The Crucible, Act 4 / Understanding Literary Criticism: Political Criticism / Grammar & Style Workshop: Capitalization from Black Boy Midway / U.S. Supreme Court Decision: Brown v. Board of Education of Topeka from Quiet Strength Part 3: The Beat Movement / from On the Road / Vocabulary & Spelling Workshop: Compound Words A Supermarket in California / Vocabulary & Spelling Workshop: Borrowed Words vi i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd vi CONTENTS Program Planning Guide 204 206 208 210 211 213 215 216 218 220 222 224 226 228 230 232 © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:07 AM Riprap / Pine Tree Tops Constantly risking absurdity Speaking & Listening Workshop: Develop Nonverbal Communication Skills Writing Workshop: Persuasive Writing—Review a Film or Play Test Practice Workshop 234 236 238 239 240 Unit 8 Unit 8 Early Contemporary Era Opener Part 1: Global Tension / Inaugural Address At the Bomb Testing Site / Traveling Through the Dark Ambush / Grammar & Style Workshop: Sensory Details Camouflaging the Chimera / Monsoon Season Game / Grammar & Style Workshop: Commas Part 2: Personal Challenges / Letter from Birmingham Jail / Dr. King Arrested at Birmingham The Rockpile / from On James Baldwin / Grammar & Style Workshop: Colons and Semicolons Understanding Literary Forms: The Memoir / Author Focus: Gwendolyn Brooks / from Report from Part One / To Black Women / The Explorer from The Woman Warrior from The Way to Rainy Mountain / Vocabulary & Spelling Workshop: Native American Words Hunger in New York City The Writer / Boy at the Window The Handsomest Drowned Man in the World Son Part 3: Confessional Poets / The Starry Night / Vocabulary & Spelling Workshop: Celestial Words Morning Song / Mirror Commander Lowell Speaking & Listening Workshop: Evaluate a Well-Known Speech or Speaker Writing Workshop: Descriptive Writing: Write a Descriptive Poem Test Practice Workshop 241 243 245 247 249 251 253 255 257 259 261 263 265 267 269 271 273 275 277 278 279 Unit 9 Unit 9 Contemporary Era Opener Part 1: Heritage / Author Focus: Alice Walker / Though We May Feel Alone / Dream / My Mother’s Blue Bowl / Grammar & Style Workshop: Quotations The Names of Women Daughter of Invention What Is Supposed to Happen The Latin Deli: An Ars Poetica Wingfoot Lake Mother Tongue / Understanding Literary Criticism: Sociological Criticism Straw Into Gold: The Metamorphosis of the Everyday / Vocabulary & Spelling Workshop: Homophones Thinking Back A Story What For Defining the Grateful Gesture © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd vii Program Planning Guide CONTENTS 280 282 284 286 288 290 292 294 296 298 299 300 302 vii 7/9/09 10:47:07 AM Part 2: Contemporary America / Understanding Literary Forms: Literary Nonfiction / from Great Plains / Seeing, from Dakota: A Spiritual Geography / So This Is Nebraska / Vocabulary & Spelling Workshop: Common Spelling Errors Throughput, from Fast Food Nation On the Mall / Grammar & Style Workshop: Summarizing and Paraphrasing / Grammar & Style Workshop: Documenting Sources Man Listening to Disc / The Blues Author Focus: Donald Hall / Couplet: Old-Timers’ Day, Fenway Park, 1 May 1982 / Letter in Autumn / Let Evening Come Learning to Love America A Quilt of a Country Speaking & Listening Workshop: Present an Argument Writing Workshop: Persuasive Writing—Write a Research Paper Test Practice Workshop viii i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd viii CONTENTS Program Planning Guide 304 306 308 310 312 314 315 317 318 319 © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:07 AM Introduction This comprehensive Program Planning Guide serves as a road map to the entire Mirrors & Windows: Connecting with Literature program. It lists all the components available for each lesson in the textbook and offers options that help you address your own curriculum needs, student requirements, and schedules. This integrated approach makes it easy to incorporate language arts skills such as reading, vocabulary, critical thinking, and media literacy into each lesson. To help you meet the diverse needs of your students, the Mirrors & Windows program offers a wealth of material—much more than you can teach in one school year. As a result, one challenge you will face is identifying the resources that are best suited to your particular situation. The Program Planning Guide offers several tools to help you meet that challenge. The guide begins with a Core Standards-Based Selections chart outlining a basic course of study for teaching the critical skills covered in formal language arts assessments. If you start your curriculum planning with this chart, you will know that you are teaching the key material your students need for success. Three types of lesson plans are provided in the body of this guide: • Unit introduction plans allow you to plan your teaching of each unit and introduce the unit. • Selection plans include one or more selections, plus workshops and special features that are grouped with those selections. • End-of-unit workshop plans cover the workshops that appear at the end of each unit. The lesson plans begin with pacing, selection details (if applicable), and objectives. They are then broken into the following categories to provide easy identification of the information you need: Plan, Preview and Motivate, Teach, Differentiate Instruction, Review and Extend, and Assess. Each plan lists all the supplemental resources that support the lesson: • Meeting the Standards activities and quizzes • Differentiated Instruction lessons • Exceeding the Standards lessons • Assessment Guide tests and exams • Technology Tools: EMC Launchpad, Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD, Interactive Student Text on CD, ExamView® Assessment Suite on CD, ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Grader (Grades 9–12), Visual Teaching Package, EMC Audio Library, EMC E-Library, and mirrorsandwindows.com Additional planning materials appear in your Annotated Teacher’s Edition. The Visual Planning Guide at the start of each unit presents a quick view of the supplemental materials available for each selection. The Scope and Sequence Guide provides a breakdown of the apparatus for each selection, including literary elements, reading level and reading skills, cross-curricular connections, and the Mirrors & Windows theme. The E-Lesson Planner packages the entire Mirrors & Windows program, including the lesson plans, in one easy-to-use calendar resource. With the E-Lesson Planner, you can link directly to activities listed in the lesson plans, search complete versions of all teacher resources, download correlated state standards directly into your lesson plans, customize lesson plans and save links to your own resources and lessons, drag and drop prepared lesson plans into a calendar, display multiple course plans on one calendar, and export completed course plans to your Microsoft® Outlook® calendar. © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd ix Program Planning Guide INTRODUCTION ix 7/9/09 10:47:07 AM Mirrors & Windows Core Standards-Based Selections Level VI (Grade 11) The selections and workshops listed here represent the core course of study students need to master critical skills that appear on formal assessments. To ensure standards coverage, students who are having difficulty may concentrate on only these selections and workshops. Students on and above grade level may read more selections. Pacing Unit UNIT 1 ORIGINS OF THE AMERICAN TRADITION, TO 1800 Grammar & Style Workshops: Subject-Verb Agreement; Verb Tenses; Pronouns Vocabulary & Spelling Workshops: Archaic Language; Word Parts Writing Workshop: Persuasive Writing: Defend a Viewpoint Speaking & Listening Workshop: Present a Literary Work Selections i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd x Reading / Informational Skills Regular Block Schedule Schedule The Osage Creation Myth & Account from The Chronological Navajo Creation Order Myth Visualizing 1 day 0.5 day Comparing Point of View Literature: from The General History of Virginia / from Of Plymouth Plantation Comparing, Identifying Author’s Approach, Clarifying Information, Using Context Clues 2 days 1 day To My Dear and Loving Husband Using Context Clues 1 day 0.5 day from Sinners in the Analogy & Hands of an Angry Repetition God Summarizing 2 days 1 day from The Allusion, Interesting Rhetorical Narrative of the Questions Life of Olaudah Equiano, or Gustavus Vassa, the African, Written by Himself Making Predictions 2 days 1 day 2 days 1 day from The Autobiography of Benjamin Franklin x Literary Skill Hyperbole & Paradox Autobiography Distinguishing Fact from & Neoclassicism Opinion from Poor Richard’s Aphorisms Almanack Sequencing of Events Informational Text Connection: Ben Franklin: Scientist and Inventor Determining the Importance of Details CORE STANDARDS-BASED SELECTIONS Informational Text Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:08 AM Pacing Unit Selections Literary Skill © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd xi Regular Block Schedule Schedule Speech in the Rhetorical Virginia Convention Question & Enlightenment Identifying Multiple Levels of Meaning, Making Inferences 2 days 1 day from Common Sense / from The Crisis, No. 1 Argument & Tone Making Inferences, Identifying Author’s Purpose 2 days 1 day Declaration of Independence Thesis & Parallelism Analyzing Text Organization 2 days 1 day Informational Text Connection: The Bill of Rights UNIT 2 NEW ENGLAND RENAISSANCE, 1800–1850 Grammar & Style Workshops: Sentence Variety; Sentence Fragments; Run-On Sentences Vocabulary & Spelling Workshops: Denotation and Connotation Writing Workshop: Descriptive Writing: Describe a Setting Speaking & Listening Workshop: Prepare Notes for a Presentation Reading / Informational Skills Finding the Main Idea Thanatopsis Blank Verse & Elaboration Paraphrasing, Identifying Author’s Purpose 2 days 1 day Old Ironsides Description & Meter Clarifying Information 1 day 0.5 day The Tide Rises, the Tide Falls Mood & Personification Clarifying Information 1 day 0.5 day from Nature / The Rhodora Argument, Theme & Aphorism Using Context Clues, Clarifying Information 2 days 1 day Comparing Literature: from Civil Disobedience / from Self-Reliance Thesis & Irony Monitoring Comprehension, Paraphrasing, Identifying Author’s Purpose 2 days 1 day The Devil and Tom Plot, Conflict, Walker Exposition & Climax Making Inferences 2 days 1 day The Fall of the House of Usher Gothic Fiction & Foreshadowing Making Predictions, 2 days Comparing & Contrasting, Determining the Importance of Details 1 day Loomings, from Moby-Dick Allusion, Tone & Making Inferences Motivation Program Planning Guide 1 day CORE STANDARDS-BASED SELECTIONS 0.5 day xi 7/9/09 10:47:08 AM Pacing Literary Skill Reading / Informational Skills Regular Block Schedule Schedule Unit Selections UNIT 3 SLAVERY AND THE CIVIL WAR, 1850–1865 Grammar & Style Workshops: Unified Paragraphs Vocabulary & Spelling Workshops: Suffixes Writing Workshop: Persuasive Writing: Solve a Problem Speaking & Listening Workshop: Deliver a Narrative Presentation from Narrative of the Life of Frederick Douglas, an American Slave, Written by Himself Stereotypes & Tone Determining Cause & Effect 3 days 1.5 days An Occurrence at Owl Creek Bridge Psychological Fiction & Flashback Making Predictions, Determining Cause & Effect, Making Inferences 2 days 1 day The Gettysburg Parallelism & Address / Antithesis The Second Inaugural Address / Primary Source Connection: Letter to Mrs. Bixby Using Context Clues 2 days 1 day from Preface to Leaves of Grass / from I Hear America Singing Romanticism & Free Verse Using Context Clues 3 days 1.5 days Informational Text Connection: Mathew Brady: Civil War Photographer Informational Text Distinguishing Fact from Opinion Much Madness is Personification & Comparing & Contrasting, 2 days divinest Sense— / Slant Rhyme Making Inferences I Heard a Fly buzz—when I died— / Because I could not stop for Death— / This is my letter to the World / Informational Text Connection: Battle for the Belle of Amherst xii i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd xii CORE STANDARDS-BASED SELECTIONS Program Planning Guide 1 day © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:08 AM Pacing Unit UNIT 4 EXPANDING FRONTIERS, 1865–1910 Grammar & Style Workshops: Irregular Verbs; Modifiers; Verbal Phrases Writing Workshop: Descriptive Writing: Create a Profile Speaking & Listening Workshop: Use Active-Listening Skills © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd xiii Selections The Notorious Jumping Frog of Calaveras County Literary Skill Dialect & Frame Tale Primary Source Connection: How to Tell a Story Reading / Informational Skills Clarifying Information, Determining the Importance of Details Regular Block Schedule Schedule 4 days 2 days 2 days 1 day Finding the Main Idea The Outcasts of Poker Flat Character & Motivation Identifying Author’s Approach, Determining the Importance of Details To Build a Fire Setting, Plot & Conflict Identifying Multiple Levels 3 days of Meaning, Making Inferences, Making Predictions Informational Text Connection: How to Build a Campfire Informational Text Analyzing Text Organization Do not weep, maiden, for war is kind / A Man Said to the Universe Irony, Identifying Main Idea Personification & Naturalism Keeping the Thing Style & Dialect Going While Things Are Stirring Identifying Author’s Purpose Literature Connection: Ain’t I Woman Style Making Inferences The Story of an Hour Reversal & Irony Making Predictions, Determining Cause & Effect Program Planning Guide 1.5 days 1 day 0.5 day 2 days 1 day 2 days 1 day CORE STANDARDS-BASED SELECTIONS xiii 7/9/09 10:47:08 AM Pacing Unit UNIT 5 EARLY TWENTIETH CENTURY, 1910–1929 Grammar & Style Workshops: Subordination; Coordination; Appositives Vocabulary & Spelling Workshops: Semantic Families; Synonyms and Antonyms Writing Workshop: Narrative Writing: Write an Application Essay Speaking & Listening Workshop: Use Visual Aids Selections Literary Skill Setting & Narrator Determining the Importance of Details, Making Inferences 2 days 1 day from The Sun Also Rises / from For Whom the Bell Tolls Plot & Motivation Making Inferences, Following the Sequence of Events 4 days 2 days 3 days 1.5 days 2 days 1 day Literature Theme Connection: The Artist’s Reward Birches / Mending Wall / The Death of the Hired Man Making Inferences Meter & Symbol Making Inferences Primary Source Connection: from Robert Frost: A Life Drawing Conclusions Sensory Details & Parallelism Finding the Main Idea Interpreting Visual Aids Informational Text Connection: The Architecture of Chicago i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd xiv Regular Block Schedule Schedule from The Great Gatsby Chicago / Grass xiv Reading / Informational Skills The Negro Speaks of Rivers / I, Too, Sing America Speaker & Tone Using Context Clues 2 days 1 day Comparing Literature: America / A Black Man Talks of Reaping Sonnet & Allegory Identifying Multiple Levels 2 days of Meaning 1 day from Dust Tracks on a Road Metaphor & Dialect Asking Questions 0.5 day CORE STANDARDS-BASED SELECTIONS Program Planning Guide 1 day © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:08 AM Pacing Unit UNIT 6 DEPRESSION & WORLD WAR II, 1929–1945 Grammar & Style Workshops: Possessive Nouns and Pronouns Vocabulary & Spelling Workshops: Colloquial Language Writing Workshop: Expository Writing: Create a Multimedia Presentation Speaking & Listening Workshop: Deliver a How-to Presentation © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd xv Selections Literary Skill Reading / Informational Skills Regular Block Schedule Schedule from The Grapes Setting & of Wrath / Primary Dialogue Source Connection: Letter to Elizabeth Otis / The Chrysanthemums Making Inferences The Death of the Ball Turret Gunner Identifying Multiple Levels 1 day of Meaning Extended Metaphor & Imagery Informational Text Connection: World War II Recruitment Posters 3 days 1.5 days 0.5 day Interpreting Visual Aids A Rose for Emily / Darl, from As I Lay Dying Setting & Conflict Drawing Conclusions 4 days 2 days Portrait of a Girl in Glass Irony & Foreshadowing Making Predictions 2 days 1 day Program Planning Guide CORE STANDARDS-BASED SELECTIONS xv 7/9/09 10:47:09 AM Pacing Unit UNIT 7 POSTWAR ERA, 1945–1960 Grammar & Style Workshops: Hyphens, Ellipses, and Italics; Capitalization Vocabulary & Spelling Workshops: Compound Words Writing Workshop: Persuasive Writing: Review a Film or Play Speaking & Listening Workshop: Develop Nonverbal Communication Skills Selections Literary Skill i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd xvi Drawing Conclusions, Making Predictions, Comparing & Contrasting Regular Block Schedule Schedule The Magic Barrel Motivation & Antihero The Crucible, Act 1 Stage Directions Determining Cause & & Dialogue Effect, Comparing & Contrasting, Making Inferences Primary Source Connection: from Why I Wrote “The Crucible” Metaphor & Allusion The Crucible, Act 2 Characterization Comparing & Contrasting, 1 day & Allusion Making Predictions, Asking Questions, Drawing Conclusions 0.5 day The Crucible, Act 3 Irony & Mood 2 days 1 day Informational Text: Senate Hearings McCarthy-Welch Exchange: “Have You No Sense of Decency?” xvi Reading / Informational Skills 2 days 1 day 2 days 1 day Distinguishing Fact from Opinion Asking Questions, Making Predictions, Making Inferences Distinguishing Fact from Opinion, Comparing & Contrasting The Crucible, Act 4 Theme Asking Questions, 2 days Identifying Multiple Levels of Meaning 1 day from On the Road Narrator & Diction Skimming & Scanning 0.5 day CORE STANDARDS-BASED SELECTIONS Program Planning Guide 1 day © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:09 AM Pacing Reading / Informational Skills Unit Selections Literary Skill UNIT 8 EARLY CONTEMPORARY ERA, 1960–1980 Grammar & Style Workshops: Commas Writing Workshop: Descriptive Writing: Write a Descriptive Poem Speaking & Listening Workshop: Evaluate a Well-Known Speech or Speaker At the Bomb Testing Site / Traveling Through the Dark Mood & Diction Game Diction & Theme Determining the Importance of Details UNIT 9 CONTEMPORARY ERA, 1980 TO PRESENT Grammar & Style Workshops: Quotations; Summarizing and Paraphrasing; Documenting Sources Vocabulary & Spelling Workshops: Homophones; Common Spelling Errors Writing Workshop: Persuasive Writing: Write a Research Paper Speaking & Listening Workshop: Present an Argument © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd xvii Visualizing Regular Block Schedule Schedule 2 days 1 day 1 day 0.5 day Letter from Argument & Birmingham Jail / Allusion Informational Text Connection: Dr. King Arrested at Birmingham Analyzing Text Organization 2 days 1 day from Report from Theme & Part One / To Black Parallelism Women / The Explorer Asking Questions 2 days 1 day Morning Song / Mirror Comparing & Contrasting, 1 day Finding Main Idea 0.5 day Comparing & Contrasting 2 days 1 day Speaker & Enjambment Free Verse & Through We May Feel Alone / Style Dream / My Mother’s Blue Bowl Daughter of Invention Conflict & Cliché Clarifying Information, Drawing Conclusions 2 days 1 day Straw into Gold: The Metamorphosis of the Everyday Essay & Metaphor Asking Questions 2 days 1 day Comparing Literature: from Great Plains / Seeing, from Dakota: a Spiritual Geography Description & Tone Comparing & Contrasting 2 days 1 day On the Mall Purpose & Irony Asking Questions, Clarifying Information 2 days 1 day Program Planning Guide CORE STANDARDS-BASED SELECTIONS xvii 7/9/09 10:47:09 AM Name: Date: Reading Log Week of Date Title Author Pages Read From To Summary/ Reactions Total number of pages read this week: Genres read this week (circle): Fiction xviii i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd xviii READING LOG Nonfiction Poetry Drama Folk Literature Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:09 AM Name: Date: EVALUATION FORM 1 Communicating in a Pair Group: Self-Evaluation Communicating with another person is a two-way street: it involves both listening carefully and speaking clearly. Being an effective communicator when interacting with another person includes • making eye contact and maintaining a relaxed posture • providing feedback as you listen • not interrupting • rephrasing what the speaker says to show you understand • controlling your emotions • distinguishing between facts and opinions Evaluating Pair-Group Communication—Self-Evaluation Use the scales on this page to analyze and rate yourself on the items below. Place a check mark at the point on the scale that you feel corresponds to your number for each item. Then give yourself an overall score for how well you communicated with your partner and write a short evaluation. Suggest ways that you could improve your communication skills. I made eye contact and maintained a relaxed posture. 4 3 2 1 0 I provided feedback as I listened. 4 3 2 1 0 1 0 I did not interrupt. 4 3 2 I rephrased what my partner said to show that I understood. 4 3 2 1 0 I controlled my emotions. 4 3 2 1 0 I backed up facts with details from the text and gave my opinions. 4 3 2 1 0 Overall score Suggestions for improvement © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd xix Program Planning Guide EVALUATION FORM 1 xix 7/9/09 10:47:09 AM Name: Date: EVALUATION FORM 2 Communicating in a Pair Group: Peer-Evaluation Communicating with another person is a two-way street: it involves both listening carefully and speaking clearly. Being an effective communicator when interacting with another person includes • making eye contact and maintaining a relaxed posture • providing feedback as you listen • not interrupting • rephrasing what the speaker says to show you understand • controlling your emotions • distinguishing between facts and opinions Evaluating Pair-Group Communication—Peer Evaluation Use the scales on this page to analyze and rate your partner on the items below. Place a check mark at the point on the scale that you feel corresponds to your partner’s number for each item. Then give your partner an overall score for how well your partner communicated and write a short evaluation. Suggest ways that your partner could improve his or her communication skills. My partner made eye contact and maintained a relaxed posture. 4 3 2 1 0 My partner provided feedback as he/she listened. 4 3 2 1 0 My partner did not interrupt. 4 3 2 1 0 My partner rephrased what I said to show that she/he understood. 4 3 2 1 0 My partner controlled his/her emotions. 4 3 2 1 0 My partner backed up facts with details from the text and gave her/his opinions. 4 3 2 1 0 Overall score Suggestions for improvement xx i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd xx EVALUATION FORM 2 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:09 AM Name: Date: EVALUATION FORM 3 Communicating in a Small Group Communicating in a small group requires all the elements of effective communication between two people. But when you’re working with a small group, it’s also necessary to observe some other guidelines. These include • respecting group norms, or rules that govern behavior for group members • understanding group roles (possible group roles: reader, timekeeper, recorder, summarizer, foreperson) • taking turns • helping to create a positive climate • establishing group goals Evaluating Small-Group Communication Use the scales on this page to analyze and rate your group on the items below. Place a check mark at the point on the scale that you feel corresponds to your group’s number for each item. Then give your group an overall score for how well it communicated and write a short evaluation. Suggest ways your group could improve its communication. Group members understand and respect group norms. 4 3 2 1 0 Group members understand group roles. 4 3 2 1 0 Group members take turns participating. 4 3 2 1 0 Group members help to create a positive climate. 4 3 2 1 0 Group members work together to establish group goals. 4 3 2 1 0 Overall score Suggestions for improvement © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd xxi Program Planning Guide EVALUATION FORM 3 xxi 7/9/09 10:47:09 AM Name: Date: EVALUATION FORM 4 Communicating in a Large Group Large groups require many of the same skills you use in a small group. However, large groups also require special communication skills. Some of these skills are • sharing group roles so everyone can participate • focusing on key relationships and finding key people to lead the group • emphasizing group identity and setting reachable goals • standing up when presenting • avoiding “groupthink,” the pressure to conform • taking responsibility and helping each other finish tasks Evaluating Large-Group Communication Use the scales on this page to analyze and rate your group on items below. Place a check mark at the point on the scale that you feel corresponds to your group’s number for each item. Then give your group an overall score for how well members communicated with each other and write a short evaluation. Suggest ways that your group could improve its communication skills. Group members shared roles so everyone could participate. 4 3 2 1 0 Group members focused on key relationships and key people who could lead our group. 4 3 2 1 0 Group members emphasized a group identity and set reachable goals. 4 3 2 1 0 Group members stood up when making presentations. 4 3 2 1 0 Group members stated their opinions and were not pressured to conform. 4 3 2 1 0 Group members took responsibility for completing the assignment and helped each other finish tasks. 4 3 2 1 0 Overall score Suggestions for improvement xxii i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd xxii EVALUATION FORM 4 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:10 AM Name: Date: EVALUATION FORM 5 Asking Questions: Questioning Skills Knowing the most effective ways to ask and answer questions in a group can help you become a great communicator. Here are some guidelines to remember when asking questions. • Wait to be recognized. • Make your questions short, clear, and direct. • Don’t debate or argue with the speaker. • Don’t take too much of others’ time. • Don’t give a speech yourself. Evaluating Questioning Skills Use the scales on this page to analyze and rate your abilities for the items below. Place a check mark at the point on the scale that you feel corresponds to your number for each item. Then give yourself an overall score for how well you asked questions, and write a short evaluation of your abilities, suggesting ways you could improve your communication skills. I waited to be recognized. 4 3 2 1 0 I asked short, clear, and direct questions. 4 3 2 1 0 I did not debate or argue with the speaker. 4 3 2 1 0 I did not take too much time asking questions. 4 3 2 1 0 I did not give a speech when I asked a question. 4 3 2 1 0 Overall score Suggestions for improvement © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd xxiii Program Planning Guide EVALUATION FORM 5 xxiii 7/9/09 10:47:10 AM Name: Date: EVALUATION FORM 6 Answering Questions: Answering Skills Here are some guidelines to remember when answering questions. • Be prepared for a question-and-answer period. • Be patient. • Make your answers clear, short, and direct. • Rephrase difficult questions. • Be courteous. • Try to handle difficult members of the audience gracefully. Evaluating Answering Skills Use the scales on this page to analyze and rate your abilities on the items below. Place a check mark at the point on the scale that you feel corresponds to your number for each item. Then give yourself an overall score for how well you answered questions, and write a short evaluation of your abilities, suggesting ways you could improve your communication skills. I was prepared for a question-and-answer period. 4 3 2 1 0 2 1 0 I was patient. 4 3 I gave clear, short, and direct answers. 4 3 2 1 0 I rephrased difficult questions. 4 3 2 1 0 2 1 0 I was courteous. 4 3 I handled difficult members of the audience gracefully. 4 3 2 1 0 Overall score Suggestions for improvement xxiv i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd xxiv EVALUATION FORM 6 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:10 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F Unit 1 Origins of the American Tradition Opener, p. 1 Pacing • Regular Schedule: 1 day • Block Schedule: 0.5 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • understand the impact of historical, social, and political elements on literature extending from the beginnings of the American tradition to 1800 • identify the characteristics of Native American literary traditions • identify the characters of the literature created during the period of European exploration and early settlement, as well as the era of the American Revolution Plan the Unit Use the following resources to plan instruction for this unit: ____ Unit 1 Visual Planning Guide: Unit-Based Resources, ATE, pp. 1A–1B ____ Unit 1 Visual Planning Guide: Lesson-by-Lesson Resources, ATE, pp. 1C–1F ____ Unit 1 Scope & Sequence Guide, ATE, pp. 1G–1L ____ Unit 1 Building Vocabulary, ATE, pp. 1K–1N ____ Launch the Unit, ATE, p. 1 Teach the Unit Opener Choose from the following resources to teach the unit opener: ____ Unit 1 Overview, SE/ATE, p. 1 ____ Timeline: Origins of the American Tradition to 1800, SE/ATE, pp. 2–3 ____ Historical Introduction: Origins of the American Tradition to 1800, SE/ATE, pp. 4–6 ____ Origins of the American Tradition Study Guide: Introduction, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 1 ____ Origins of the American Tradition Study Guide: Historical Context, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, pp. 2–3 ____ Origins of the American Tradition Study Guide: Master Vocabulary List, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 17 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 5 ____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 5 ____ Enrichment, ATE, p. 5 Extend the Unit Choose from the following resources to extend the unit: ____ For Your Reading List, SE/ATE, p. 108 ____ Unit 1, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 1–15 ____ Media Literacy: Internet Research and Communication, Exceeding the Standards: Special Topics, pp. 1–2 ____ Developing Your Career and Life Portfolio, Exceeding the Standards: Special Topics, pp. 3–5 ____ Unit 1, Exceeding the Standards: Vocabulary & Spelling, pp. 1–8 © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 1 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 1 1 7/9/09 10:47:10 AM Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Formative Surveys 1 and 2, Assessment Guide, pp. 3–28 ____ Reading Fluency Assessments, Passages 1 and 2, Assessment Guide, pp. 477–478 ____ Unit 1 Exam, Assessment Guide, pp. 425–428 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® 2 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 2 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 1 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:10 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F Part 1: Native American Traditions, p. 7 Understanding Literary Forms: The Oral Tradition, p. 8 The Osage Creation Account / The Navajo Creation Myth, p. 10 Directed Reading “The Osage Creation Account” • Reading Level: Easy • Difficulty Consideration: Unrealistic setting • Ease Factor: Length; simple language “The Navajo Creation Myth” • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Unfamiliar cultural references; challenging names; abstract concepts • Ease Factor: Length Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate two creation accounts • analyze and understand myth and chronological order • describe the similarities and differences between the Osage and Navajo views of nature • develop writing and other language arts skills as specified in the Unit 1 Scope & Sequence Planning Guide Pacing • Regular Schedule: 1 day • Block Schedule: 0.5 day Before Reading Teach the Feature(s) Select from the following resources to teach the feature(s): ____ Part 1: Native American Traditions, SE/ATE, p. 7 ____ Understanding Literary Forms: The Oral Tradition, SE/ATE, pp. 8–9 ____ Origins of the American Tradition Study Guide: Understanding Part 1: Native American Traditions and Applying Part 1: Native American Traditions, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, pp. 4–5 ____ Origins of the American Tradition Study Guide: Understanding Literary Forms: The Oral Tradition and Applying Literary Forms: The Oral Tradition, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, pp. 6–8 Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 10 ____ Build Vocabulary: Synonyms and Antonyms, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 19 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 11–12 ____ Analyze Literature: Chronology, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 20 © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 3 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 1 3 7/9/09 10:47:10 AM Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 12 ____ Enrichment, ATE, p. 12 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 13–14 ____ Analyze Literature: Creation Myths, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 21 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 22 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 31–33 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® 4 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 4 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 1 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:10 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F Song of the Sky Loom / Prayer to the Pacific, p. 15 Directed Reading “Song of the Sky Loom” • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Figurative language • Ease Factor: Length “Prayer to the Pacific” • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Subject matter; poetic conventions • Ease Factor: Length Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • read, interpret, and evaluate a poem that describes life as a weaving whose threads incorporate elements of nature • analyze and understand metaphor and repetition • infer features of Tewa culture from elements of the song • develop writing and other language arts skills as specified in the Unit 1 Scope & Sequence Planning Guide Pacing • Regular Schedule: 2 days • Block Schedule: 1 day Before Reading Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 15 ____ Build Vocabulary: Prefixes, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 23 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, p. 16 ____ Literature Connection: Prayer to the Pacific, SE/ATE, p. 17–18 ____ Analyze Literature: Literary Elements, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 24 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 16 ____ Enrichment, ATE, p. 16 ____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, p. 17 ____ Learning Styles: Visual, ATE, p. 17 ____ Learning Styles: Kinesthetic, ATE, p. 17 ____ Take Notes, Differentiated Instruction for English Language Learners, pp. 1–6 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p.19–20 ____ Enrich Learning: Research Native American Crafts, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 25 © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 5 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 1 5 7/9/09 10:47:11 AM Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 26 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 34–35 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® 6 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 6 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 1 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:11 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F Coyote and the Earth Monster, p. 21 Independent Reading • Reading Level: Easy • Difficulty Consideration: Unrealistic events; simile (blood/lava) • Ease Factor: Humorous conclusion; dialogue; conversational tone; simple plot Pacing • Regular Schedule: 1 day • Block Schedule: 0.5 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • apply reading strategies and skills • analyze literary elements • use context clues to understand unfamiliar vocabulary words • address critical thinking questions • use writing options to assess understanding of the text Before Reading Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 21 ____ Build Vocabulary: Word Origins and Definitions, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 27 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, p. 21–23 ____ Analyze Literature: Characterization and Dialogue, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, pp. 28–29 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 23 ____ Analyze Literature: Trickster Tales, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 30 ____ The Sentence and Its Functions, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 1–5 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 31 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 36–38 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 7 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 1 7 7/9/09 10:47:11 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F from The Iroquois Constitution, p. 24 Independent Reading • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Symbolism • Ease Factor: Author’s style; length Pacing • Regular Schedule: 1 day • Block Schedule: 0.5 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • apply reading strategies and skills • analyze literary elements • use context clues to understand unfamiliar vocabulary words • address critical thinking questions • use writing options to assess understanding of the text Before Reading Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 24 ____ Build Vocabulary: Latin Roots, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 32 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 24–26 ____ Respond to Literature: Double-Entry Note-taking Journal, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 33 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 25 ____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 25 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 26 ____ Extend the Learning: Essay on a Great Leader, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 34 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 35 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 39–41 8 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 8 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 1 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:11 AM Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 9 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 1 9 7/9/09 10:47:11 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F Part 2: Shaping the New World, p. 27 A Journey through Texas, p. 28 Directed Reading • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Background information needed; unfamiliar setting; more description than action; complex relationships • Ease Factor: Length Pacing • Regular Schedule: 2 days • Block Schedule: 1 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate a travel narrative about the early Spanish exploration of the American Southwest • analyze and understand narrative and abridgment • develop writing and other language arts skills as specified in the Unit 1 Scope & Sequence Planning Guide Before Reading Teach the Feature(s) Select from the following resources to teach the feature(s): ____ Part 2: Shaping the New World, SE/ATE, p. 27 ____ Origins of the American Tradition Study Guide: Understanding Part 2: Shaping the New World and Applying Part 2: Shaping the New World, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, pp. 9–10 Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 28 ____ Build Vocabulary: Analogies, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 36 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 29–32 ____ Analyze Literature: Character, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 37 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ Learning Styles: Visual, ATE, p. 30 ____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, p. 30 ____ Learning Styles: Kinesthetic, ATE, p. 30 ____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 32 ____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 32 ____ Enrichment, ATE, p. 32 ____ Narrative Writing Assignment: The Travel Narrative, Differentiated Instruction for Advanced Students, pp. 1–2 10 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 10 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 1 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:11 AM After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 33 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 38 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 42–44 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 11 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 1 11 7/9/09 10:47:11 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F from The General History of Virginia / from Of Plymouth Plantation, p. 34 Grammar & Style Workshop: Subject-Verb Agreement, p. 45 Directed Reading from The General History of Virginia • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Footnotes and vocabulary; perspective switches • Ease Factor: Length; simple language from Of Plymouth Plantation • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Complex sentence structure; challenging vocabulary; style • Ease Factor: Broken into sections Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • read, interpret, analyze, evaluate, and compare nonfiction accounts about the early settlers • analyze and understand point of view • understand and compare the motivations of early European settlers • develop writing and other language arts skills as specified in the Unit 1 Scope & Sequence Planning Guide Pacing • Regular Schedule: 2 days • Block Schedule: 1 day Before Reading Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 34 ____ Build Vocabulary: Context Clues, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 39 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 35–42 ____ History Connection: The Lost Colony of Roanoke Island, SE/ATE, p. 37 ____ Connecting with Literature: Focus on Colonial Experiences, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 40 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, pp. 38, 40 ____ English Language Learning, ATE, pp. 38, 41 ____ Enrichment, ATE, pp. 39, 41 ____ Learning Styles: Visual, ATE, p. 42 ____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, p. 42 12 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 12 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 1 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:12 AM After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 43–44 ____ Extend the Learning: Style, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 41 ____ Research Project: Puritan Beliefs, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 42 ____ Identifying the Parts of Speech, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 12–15 Teach the Workshop(s) Select from the following materials to teach the workshop(s): ____ Grammar & Style: Subject-Verb Agreement, SE/ATE, p. 45 ____ Subject and Verb Agreement: With Intervening Expressions, with Contractions, with Linking Verbs, and with Special Subjects, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 81–86 ____ Indefinite Pronoun and Verb Agreement, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 87–89 ____ Compound Subject and Verb Agreement, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 90–92 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 43 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 45–47 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 13 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 1 13 7/9/09 10:47:12 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F To My Dear and Loving Husband, p. 46 Vocabulary & Spelling Workshop: Archaic Language, p. 49 Directed Reading • Reading Level: Challenging • Difficulty Consideration: Archaic terms; inverted sentences • Ease Factor: Length Pacing • Regular Schedule: 1 day • Block Schedule: 0.5 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate a poem about devotion between a wife and a husband • understand Puritan beliefs • analyze and understand hyperbole and paradox • develop writing and other language arts skills as specified in the Unit 1 Scope & Sequence Planning Guide Before Reading Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 46 ____ Build Vocabulary: Etymology, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 44 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, p. 47 ____ Analyze Literature: Meter, Rhythm, and Sound Devices, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 45 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ Reading Strategies and Skills Practice: Use Text Organization, Differentiated Instruction for Developing Readers, pp. 1–3 ____ Author’s Purpose, Differentiated Instruction for English Language Learners, pp. 7–12 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 48 ____ Connecting with Literature: Anne Bradstreet’s Faith, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 46 Teach the Workshop(s) Select from the following materials to teach the workshop(s): ____ Vocabulary & Spelling: Archaic Language, SE/ATE, p. 49 ____ Language Arts Handbook Section 2.3, Using a Dictionary, SE/ATE, p. 1313 ____ Archaic Language, Exceeding the Standards: Vocabulary & Spelling, pp. 17–18 14 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 14 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 1 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:12 AM Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 47 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 48–49 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 15 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 1 15 7/9/09 10:47:12 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F Huswifery, p. 50 Directed Reading • Reading Level: Challenging • Difficulty Consideration: Challenging vocabulary; use of literary elements; style • Ease Factor: Length Pacing • Regular Schedule: 1 day • Block Schedule: 0.5 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate a poem about the concept of humans as divinely created beings whose purpose is to glorify God • analyze and understand plain style and extended metaphor • develop writing and other language arts skills as specified in the Unit 1 Scope & Sequence Planning Guide Before Reading Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 50 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 51–52 ____ Education Connection: The New England Primer, SE/ATE, p. 52 ____ Analyze Literature: Poetry, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 48 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 52 ____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 52 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 53 ____ Analyze Literature: Text-to-Text Connection, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 49 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 50 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 50–51 16 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 16 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 1 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:12 AM Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 17 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 1 17 7/9/09 10:47:12 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F from Sinners in the Hands of an Angry God, p. 54 Grammar & Style Workshop: Verb Tenses, p. 61 Directed Reading • Reading Level: Challenging • Difficulty Consideration: Vocabulary • Ease Factor: Length Pacing • Regular Schedule: 2 days • Block Schedule: 1 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate a sermon about human sinfulness and the need to recommit oneself to God • understand the influence of the Great Awakening • analyze and understand analogy and repetition • develop writing and other language arts skills as specified in the Unit 1 Scope & Sequence Planning Guide Before Reading Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 54 ____ Build Vocabulary: Synonyms and Antonyms, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 51 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 55–57 ____ Cultural Connection: The Great Awakening, SE/ATE, p. 58 ____ Analyze Literature: Analogy and Metaphor, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 52 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ Learning Styles: Visual, ATE, p. 56 ____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, p. 56 ____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 57 ____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 57 ____ Enrichment, ATE, pp. 57, 58 ____ Reading Strategies and Skills Practice: Visualize, Differentiated Instruction for Developing Readers, pp. 4–6 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 59–60 ____ Build Background: Edwards’s Views of God and People, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 53 18 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 18 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 1 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:12 AM Teach the Workshop(s) Select from the following materials to teach the workshop(s): ____ Grammar & Style: Verb Tenses, SE/ATE, p. 61 ____ Language Arts Handbook Section 3.5, Verbs, SE/ATE, pp. 1322–1324 ____ Verb Tenses: The Simple Tenses, the Perfect Tenses, and the Progressive and Emphatic Verb Forms, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 59–62 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 54 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 52–54 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 19 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 1 19 7/9/09 10:47:13 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F from The Interesting Narrative of the Life of Olaudah Equiano, or Gustavus Vassa, the African, Written by Himself, p. 62 Independent Reading • Reading Level: Moderate to challenging • Difficulty Consideration: Challenging vocabulary; background information needed; long, complex sentences; more description than action; some use of dialect • Ease Factor: Length Pacing • Regular Schedule: 2 days • Block Schedule: 1 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • apply reading strategies and skills • analyze literary elements • use context clues to understand unfamiliar vocabulary words • address critical thinking questions • use writing options to assess understanding of the text Before Reading Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 62 ____ Build Vocabulary: Adjectives Describing People, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 55 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 62–65 ____ Analyze Literature: Fact and Opinion, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 56 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ Learning Styles: Visual, ATE, p. 64 ____ Learning Styles: Kinesthetic, ATE, p. 64 ____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, p. 64 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 59–60 ____ Analyze Literature: Character in an Autobiography, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 57 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 58 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 55–57 20 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 20 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 1 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:13 AM Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 21 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 1 21 7/9/09 10:47:13 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F On Being Brought from Africa to America / To S.M., a Young African Painter, on Seeing His Works, p. 66 Independent Reading “On Being Brought from Africa to America” • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Need for background information; vocabulary • Ease Factor: Length “To S.M., a Young African Painter” • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Figurative language • Ease Factor: Length Pacing • Regular Schedule: 1 day • Block Schedule: 0.5 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • apply reading strategies and skills.p • analyze literary elements.p • use context clues to understand unfamiliar vocabulary words.p • address critical thinking questions.p • use writing options to assess understanding of the text.p Before Reading Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 66 ____ Build Vocabulary: Multiple-Meaning Words, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 59 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 66–68 ____ Analyze Literature: Characterization of a Speaker, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 60 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 67 ____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 67 ____ Enrichment, ATE, p. 67 ____ Cultural Context Study: Phillis Wheatley’s Colonial America, Differentiated Instruction for Advanced Students, p. 3 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 68 ____ Analyze Literature: Critiquing Poetry, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 61 22 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 22 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 1 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:13 AM Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 62 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 58–59 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 23 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 1 23 7/9/09 10:47:13 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F Part 3: The American Revolution, p. 69 Author Focus: Benjamin Franklin, p. 70 from The Autobiography of Benjamin Franklin / from Poor Richard’s Almanack / Ben Franklin: Scientist and Inventor, p. 71 Directed Reading from The Autobiography of Benjamin Franklin • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Vocabulary and footnotes • Ease Factor: Length from Poor Richard’s Almanack • Reading Level: Easy to moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Background information needed; more description than action; abstract concepts • Ease Factor: Length; can be broken into sections Pacing • Regular Schedule: 2 days • Block Schedule: 1 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate an autobiographical excerpt about Franklin’s apprenticeship and aphorisms excerpted from an almanac • understand how Neoclassicism influences these pieces of literature • identify common themes and styles in Franklin’s writing • develop writing and other language arts skills as specified in the Unit 1 Scope & Sequence Planning Guide Before Reading Teach the Feature(s) Select from the following resources to teach the feature(s): ____ Part 3: The American Revolution, SE/ATE, p. 69 ____ Author Focus: Benjamin Franklin, SE/ATE, p. 69 ____ Origins of the American Tradition Study Guide: Understanding Part 3: The American Revolution and Applying Part 3: The American Revolution, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, pp. 11–12 ____ Author Focus: Benjamin Franklin, Exceeding the Standards: Literature & Reading, pp. 1–3 Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 71 ____ Build Vocabulary: Suffixes, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 63 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 72–75 ____ Literary Connection: Protecting Anonymous Sources, SE/ATE, p. 74 ____ Informational Text Connection: Ben Franklin: Scientist and Inventor, SE/ATE, pp. 76–77 ____ Analyze Literature: Character in an Autobiography, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 64 24 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 24 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 1 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:13 AM Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, pp. 74, 76 ____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 74 ____ Enrichment, ATE, p. 74 ____ Learning Styles: Visual, ATE, p. 75 ____ Journalism Connection Activity: Writing a Summary Lead, Differentiated Instruction for Advanced Students, pp. 4–5 ____ Determine the Importance of Details, Differentiated Instruction for English Language Learners, pp. 13–19 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 78–79 ____ Connecting with Literature: Franklin’s Accomplishments, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 65 ____ Collaborative Learning: Conduct a Talk-Show Interview, Exceeding the Standards: Extension Activities, pp. 1–2 ____ Subjects and Predicates, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 6–8 ____ Sentence Structures: Simple, Compound, Complex, and Compound-Complex Sentences, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 9–11 ____ Narrative Writing: Create an Autobiographical Sketch, Exceeding the Standards: Writing, pp. 1–12 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 66 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 60–62 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 25 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 1 25 7/9/09 10:47:13 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F Speech in the Virginia Convention, p. 80 Vocabulary & Spelling Workshop: Word Parts, p. 85 Directed Reading • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Background knowledge needed • Ease Factor: Length Pacing • Regular Schedule: 2 days • Block Schedule: 1 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate a speech persuading colonists to fight for liberty against the British • understand the influence of the Enlightenment • analyze and understand rhetorical questions • develop writing and other language arts skills as specified in the Unit 1 Scope & Sequence Planning Guide Before Reading Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 80 ____ Build Vocabulary: Word Analogies, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 67 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 81–83 ____ Analyze Literature: Analogy and Metaphor, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 68 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 82 ____ Enrichment, ATE, p. 82 ____ Learning Styles: Visual, ATE, p. 83 ____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, p. 83 ____ Reading Strategies and Skills Practice: Set Purpose, Differentiated Instruction for Developing Readers, pp. 7–9 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 84 ____ Analyze Literature: Style and Tone, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 69 ____ Media Literacy: Analyze a Significant Speech, Exceeding the Standards: Extension Activities, pp. 3–4 26 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 26 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 1 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:14 AM Teach the Workshop(s) Select from the following materials to teach the workshop(s): ____ Vocabulary & Spelling: Word Parts, SE/ATE, p. 85 ____ Language Arts Handbook Section 2.2, Word Parts, SE/ATE, p. 1313 ____ Affixes and Roots, Exceeding the Standards: Vocabulary & Spelling, pp. 9–10 ____ Suffixes, Exceeding the Standards: Vocabulary & Spelling, pp. 11–12 ____ Prefixes, Exceeding the Standards: Vocabulary & Spelling, pp. 13–14 ____ Time Out for Test Practice: Recognizing Word Parts, Exceeding the Standards: Vocabulary & Spelling, pp. 15–16 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 70 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 63–65 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 27 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 1 27 7/9/09 10:47:14 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F from Common Sense / from The Crisis, No. 1, p. 86 Grammar & Style Workshop: Pronouns, p. 91 Directed Reading from Common Sense • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Complex sentence structure; challenging vocabulary; formal language • Ease Factor: Length from The Crisis, No. 1 • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Challenging vocabulary; style • Ease Factor: Length Pacing • Regular Schedule: 2 days • Block Schedule: 1 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate an essay and a pamphlet urging support of the colonists’ struggle against the British • analyze and understand argument and tone • develop writing and other language arts skills as specified in the Unit 1 Scope & Sequence Planning Guide Before Reading Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 86 ____ Build Vocabulary: Etymology, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 71 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 87–89 ____ Analyze Literature: Rhetorical Devices, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 72 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 89 ____ Enrichment, ATE, p. 89 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 90 ____ Analyze Literature: Tone and Style, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 73 28 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 28 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 1 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:14 AM Teach the Workshop(s) Select from the following materials to teach the workshop(s): ____ Grammar & Style: Pronouns, SE/ATE, p. 91 ____ Language Arts Handbook Section 3.4, Pronouns, SE/ATE, pp. 1321–1322 ____ Pronouns and Antecedents, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 27–33 ____ Indefinite, Reflexive, and Intensive Pronouns, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 39–45 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 74 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 66–68 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 29 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 1 29 7/9/09 10:47:14 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F Declaration of Independence / Bill of Rights, p. 92 Directed Reading “Declaration of Independence” • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Author’s purpose • Ease Factor: Length “Bill of Rights” • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Vocabulary • Ease Factor: Length Pacing • Regular Schedule: 2 days • Block Schedule: 1 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate a government document that declares independence from Great Britain and establishes a new government • analyze and understand thesis and parallelism • develop writing and other language arts skills as specified in the Unit 1 Scope & Sequence Planning Guide Before Reading Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 92 ____ Build Vocabulary: Base Words, Prefixes, and Suffixes, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 75 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 93–96 ____ Informational Text Connection: Bill of Rights, SE/ATE, pp. 97–98 ____ Analyze Literature: Diction and Persuasive Language, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 76 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 94 ____ Enrichment, ATE, p. 94 ____ Learning Styles: Visual, ATE, p. 96 ____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, p. 96 ____ Informational Text Activity: Declaration of Independence Time Line, Differentiated Instruction for Advanced Students, pp. 6–7 ____ Author’s Purpose, Differentiated Instruction for English Language Learners, pp. 20–29 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 99–100 ____ Connecting with Literature: Elaborating with Examples, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 77 ____ Connecting with Literature: Founders, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 78 30 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 30 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 1 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:14 AM Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 79 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 69–70 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 31 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 1 31 7/9/09 10:47:14 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F Letter to John Adams, p. 101 Independent Reading • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Context • Ease Factor: Length Pacing • Regular Schedule: 1 day • Block Schedule: 0.5 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • apply reading strategies and skills • analyze literary elements • use context clues to understand unfamiliar vocabulary words • address critical thinking questions • use writing options to assess understanding of the text Before Reading Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 101 ____ Build Vocabulary: Word Facts, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 80 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 101–103 ____ Art Connection: Gilbert Stuart, SE/ATE, p. 102 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 103 ____ Connecting with Literature: Researching John Adams, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 81 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 82 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 71–73 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® 32 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 32 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 1 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:14 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F from Letters from an American Farmer, p. 104 Independent Reading • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Formal language; background information on early settlers; style • Ease Factor: Length; familiar topic Pacing • Regular Schedule: 1 day • Block Schedule: 0.5 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • apply reading strategies and skills • analyze literary elements • use context clues to understand unfamiliar vocabulary words • address critical thinking questions • use writing options to assess understanding of the text Before Reading Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 104 ____ Build Vocabulary: Latin Root and Prefix, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 83 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 104–106 ____ History Connection: Loyalists in the American Revolution, SE/ATE, p. 107 ____ Analyze Literature: Compare and Contrast American and European Societies, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 84 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 107 ____ Analyze Literature: Concrete Language, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 85 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, p. 86 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 74–76 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 33 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 1 33 7/9/09 10:47:15 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F Speaking & Listening Workshop: Present a Literary Work, p. 109 Pacing • Regular Schedule: 2 days • Block Schedule: 1 day Objectives Participating in this lesson will help enable students to • deliver an oral interpretation of a literary work that is appropriate for the audience • deliver an oral interpretation of a literary work that fulfills the length requirement • deliver an oral interpretation of a literary work that demonstrates the appropriate volume, pace, and enunciation • deliver an oral interpretation of a literary work that is accompanied by appropriate facial expressions and gestures • deliver an oral interpretation of a literary work that has an effective tone and emphasis of delivery Teach the Workshop Select from the following resources to teach the workshop: ____ Speaking & Listening Workshop: Present a Literary Work, SE/ATE, p. 109 ____ Language Arts Handbook Section 7.1, Verbal and Nonverbal Communication, SE/ATE, p. 1353 ____ Language Arts Handbook Section 7.2, Listening Skills, SE/ATE, pp. 1353–1354 ____ Language Arts Handbook Section 7.6, Public Speaking, SE/ATE, pp. 1356–1357 ____ Language Arts Handbook Section 7.7, Oral Interpretation, SE/ATE, p. 1357 Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ Present a Literary Work, Exceeding the Standards: Speaking & Listening, pp. 1–2 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® 34 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 34 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 1 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:15 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F Writing Workshop: Persuasive Writing—Defend a Viewpoint, p. 110 Pacing • Regular Schedule: 3 days • Block Schedule: 1.5 days Objectives Participating in this lesson will help enable students to • write a persuasive essay with an introduction that captures the reader’s interest and identifies the topic • write a persuasive essay with a thesis statement that clearly presents the argument the writer plans to make • write a persuasive essay with a body developed with evidence gathered from research to support the argument and refutations of possible counterarguments • write a persuasive essay with a conclusion that re-emphasizes the main point and provides closure Teach the Workshop Select from the following resources to teach the workshop: ____ Writing Workshop: Persuasive Writing—Defend a Viewpoint, SE/ATE, pp. 110–115 ____ Language Arts Handbook Section 4.1, The Writing Process, SE/ATE, pp. 1335–1340 ____ Language Arts Handbook Section 4.1, Modes and Purposes of Writing, SE/ATE, p. 1340 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 112 ____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 112 ____ Learning Styles: Kinesthetic, ATE, p. 113 ____ Learning Styles: Visual, ATE, p. 113 ____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, p. 113 Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ Narrative Writing: Create an Autobiographical Sketch, Exceeding the Standards: Writing, pp. 1–12 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 35 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 1 35 7/9/09 10:47:15 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F Test Practice Workshop, p. 116 Pacing • Regular Schedule: 1 day • Block Schedule: 0.5 day Objectives Participating in this lesson will help enable students to • use context clues to determine the meanings of words that are difficult or are used in unfamiliar ways • plan the time allowed for completion the written portion of a test • evaluate a passage to identify errors and inconsistencies in grammar, punctuation, spelling, organization, and style Teach the Workshop Select from the following resources to teach the workshop: ____ Reading Skills: Use Context Clues, SE/ATE, pp. 116–117 ____ Writing Skills: Plan Your Time, SE/ATE, p. 118 ____ Revising and Editing Skills, SE/ATE, p. 119 ____ Language Arts Handbook Section 8.1, Preparing for Tests, SE/ATE, p. 1360 ____ Language Arts Handbook Section 8.2, Strategies for Taking Standardized Tests, SE/ATE, p. 1360 ____ Language Arts Handbook Section 8.4, Answering Multiple-Choice Questions, SE/ATE, p. 1361 ____ Language Arts Handbook Section 8.5, Answering Reading Comprehension Questions, SE/ATE, p. 1361 ____ Language Arts Handbook Section 8.8, Answering Constructed-Response Questions, SE/ATE, p. 1362 ____ Test-Taking Skills and Strategies, Exceeding the Standards: Test Practice, pp. 1–2 Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ Origins of the American Tradition Study Guide: Practice Test, Meeting the Standards Unit 1, pp. 13–16 ____ ACT Practice Test: English, Reading, and Writing, Exceeding the Standards: Test Practice, pp. 3–5 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® 36 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 36 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 1 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:15 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F Unit 2 New England Renaissance Opener, p. 120 Pacing • Regular Schedule: 1 day • Block Schedule: 0.5 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • understand the impact of historical, social, and political elements on the literature of the New England Renaissance, 1800–1850 • identify the characteristics of American Gothic literature Plan the Unit Use the following resources to plan instruction for this unit: ____ Unit 2 Visual Planning Guide: Unit-Based Resources, ATE, pp. 120A–120B ____ Unit 2 Visual Planning Guide: Lesson-by-Lesson Resources, ATE, pp. 120C–120F ____ Unit 2 Scope & Sequence Guide, ATE, pp. 120G–120L ____ Unit 2 Building Vocabulary, ATE, pp. 120K–120O ____ Launch the Unit, ATE, p. 120 Teach the Unit Opener Choose from the following resources to teach the unit opener: ____ Unit 2 Overview, SE/ATE, pp. 120–121 ____ Timeline: New England Renaissance: 1800–1850, SE/ATE, pp. 122–123 ____ Historical Introduction: New England Renaissance: 1800–1850, SE/ATE, pp. 124–126 ____ New England Renaissance Study Guide: Introduction, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 1 ____ New England Renaissance Study Guide: Historical Context, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 2–3 ____ New England Renaissance Study Guide: Master Vocabulary List, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 18 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 125 ____ Enrichment, ATE, p. 125 Extend the Unit Choose from the following resources to extend the unit: ____ For Your Reading List, SE/ATE, p. 260 ____ Unit 2, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 16–45 ____ Media Literacy: Word Processing, Exceeding the Standards: Special Topics, p. 6 ____ Basic Study Skills 1, Exceeding the Standards: Special Topics, pp. 7–8 ____ Unit 2, Exceeding the Standards: Vocabulary & Spelling, pp. 9–16 © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 37 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 2 37 7/9/09 10:47:15 AM Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Formative Surveys 1 and 2, Assessment Guide, pp. 3–28 ____ Reading Fluency Assessments, Passages 3 and 4, Assessment Guide, pp. 479–480 ____ Unit 2 Exam, Assessment Guide, pp. 429–433 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® 38 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 38 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 2 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:16 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F Part 1: Fireside Poets, p. 127 Thanatopsis, p. 128 Vocabulary & Spelling Workshop: Greek and Latin Words, p. 135 Directed Reading • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Vocabulary • Ease Factor: Length Pacing • Regular Schedule: 2 days • Block Schedule: 1 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate ways in which Bryant expresses feelings about nature and death • understand the influence of the Hudson River School on Bryant • analyze and understand blank verse and elaboration • develop writing and other language arts skills as specified in the Unit 2 Scope & Sequence Planning Guide Before Reading Teach the Feature(s) Select from the following resources to teach the feature(s): ____ Part 1: Fireside Poets, SE/ATE, p. 127 ____ New England Renaissance Study Guide: Understanding Part 1: Fireside Poets and Applying Part 1: Fireside Poets, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, pp. 4–5 Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 128 ____ Build Vocabulary: Latin Roots, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 19 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 129–132 ____ Art Connection: The Hudson River School, ATE, p. 131 ____ Analyze Literature: Theme, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 20 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 130 ____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 130 ____ Enrichment, ATE, p. 130 ____ Learning Styles: Visual, ATE, p. 131 © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 39 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 2 39 7/9/09 10:47:16 AM ____ ____ ____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, p. 131 Learning Styles: Kinesthetic, ATE, p. 131 Art History Activity: The Hudson River School, Differentiated Instruction for Advanced Students, pp. 8–9 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 133–134 ____ Analyze Literature: Figurative Language, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 21 Teach the Workshop(s) Select from the following materials to teach the workshop(s): ____ Vocabulary & Spelling: Greek and Latin Words, SE/ATE, p. 135 ____ Language Arts Handbook Section 2.3, Using a Dictionary, SE/ATE, p. 1313 ____ Greek and Latin Words, Exceeding the Standards: Vocabulary & Spelling, pp. 51–52 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 22 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 77–79 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® 40 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 40 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 2 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:16 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F Old Ironsides, p. 136 Directed Reading • Reading Level: Easy • Difficulty Consideration: Background information needed; unfamiliar setting; style • Ease Factor: Length; straightforward language Pacing • Regular Schedule: 1 day • Block Schedule: 0.5 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate the poem and consider the importance of preserving reminders of a nation’s history • analyze and understand description and meter • develop writing and other language arts skills as specified in the Unit 2 Scope & Sequence Planning Guide Before Reading Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 136 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, p. 137 ____ Analyze Literature: Diction, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 23 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 138 ____ Analyze Literature: Purpose, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 24 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 25 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 80–81 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 41 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 2 41 7/9/09 10:47:16 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F Stanzas on Freedom, p. 139 Directed Reading • Reading Level: Challenging • Difficulty Consideration: Complex vocabulary; unfamiliar setting; style • Ease Factor: Length Pacing • Regular Schedule: 1 day • Block Schedule: 0.5 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate the poem and recognize the intensity with which writers such as Lowell expressed their opposition to slavery • understand how Lowell was influenced by the abolitionist movement • analyze and understand rhetorical question, rhyme, and couplet • develop writing and other language arts skills as specified in the Unit 2 Scope & Sequence Planning Guide Before Reading Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 139 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, p. 140 ____ Analyze Literature: Fireside Poet, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 26 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ Enrichment, ATE, p. 140 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 141 ____ Analyze Literature: Poetry Critique, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 27 ____ Media Literacy: Create a Public Relations Campaign, Exceeding the Standards: Extension Activities, p. 5 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 28 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 82–83 42 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 42 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 2 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:16 AM Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 43 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 2 43 7/9/09 10:47:16 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F The Tide Rises, the Tide Falls / A Psalm of Life, p. 142 Directed Reading “The Tide Rises, the Tide Falls” • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Complex imagery; abstract concepts • Ease Factor: Length; repetition “A Psalm of Life” • Reading Level: Easy to moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Metaphor (life, dream); abstract concepts • Ease Factor: Rhyme schemes; short stanzas Pacing • Regular Schedule: 1 day • Block Schedule: 0.5 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate two lyric poems • analyze and understand mood and personification • develop writing and other language arts skills as specified in the Unit 2 Scope & Sequence Planning Guide Before Reading Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 142 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, p. 143-145 ____ Analyze Literature: Sound Devices, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 29 ____ Analyze Literature: Allusion, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 30 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, pp. 143, 144 ____ English Language Learning, ATE, pp. 143, 144 ____ Enrichment, ATE, pp. 143, 144 ____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, p. 145 ____ Learning Styles: Visual, ATE, p. 145 ____ Learning Styles: Kinesthetic, ATE, p. 145 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 146–147 ____ Analyze Literature: Rhythm and Rhyme, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 31 44 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 44 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 2 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:17 AM Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 32 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 84–85 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 45 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 2 45 7/9/09 10:47:17 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F from Snow-Bound, p. 148 Independent Reading • Reading Level: Challenging • Difficulty Consideration: Abrupt shifts in time; background information needed; long stanzas; vocabulary; figurative language • Ease Factor: Rhyme scheme; short lines Pacing • Regular Schedule: 1 day • Block Schedule: 0.5 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • apply reading strategies and skills • analyze literary elements • use context clues to understand unfamiliar vocabulary words • address critical thinking questions • use writing options to assess understanding of the text Before Reading Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 148 ____ Build Vocabulary: Synonyms and Antonyms, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 33 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, p. 148-152 ____ Art Connection: Marsden Hartley, SE/ATE, p. 150 ____ Analyze Literature: Imagery and Setting, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 34 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 150 ____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 150 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 152 ____ Analyze Literature: Character, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 35 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 36 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 86–87 46 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 46 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 2 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:17 AM Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 47 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 2 47 7/9/09 10:47:17 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F Part 2: Transcendentalism, p. 153 Understanding Literary Forms: The Essay, p. 154 Author Focus: Ralph Waldo Emerson, p. 156 from Nature / The Rhodora, p. 157 Grammar & Style Workshop: Sentence Variety, p. 164 Directed Reading from Nature • Reading Level: Challenging • Difficulty Consideration: Background information needed; sentence structure; vocabulary; long paragraphs; personification; complex imagery; abstract concepts • Ease Factor: Length “The Rhodora” • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Vocabulary and footnotes; long sentences • Ease Factor: Length Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate the essay and the poem, and understand the speaker’s belief in a universal beauty and truth • understand the influence of Transcendentalism on Emerson • identify common themes and styles in Emerson’s works • analyze and understand argument and theme • develop writing and other language arts skills as specified in the Unit 2 Scope & Sequence Planning Guide Pacing • Regular Schedule: 2 days • Block Schedule: 1 day Before Reading Teach the Feature(s) Select from the following resources to teach the feature(s): ____ Part 2: Transcendentalism, SE/ATE, p. 153 ____ Understanding Literary Forms: The Essay, SE/ATE, pp. 154–155 ____ Author Focus: Ralph Waldo Emerson, SE/ATE, p. 156 ____ New England Renaissance Study Guide: Understanding Part 2: Transcendentalism and Applying Part 2: Transcendentalism, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, pp. 6–8 ____ New England Renaissance Study Guide: Understanding Literary Forms: The Essay and Applying Literary Forms: The Essay, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, pp. 9–11 Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 157 ____ Build Vocabulary: Word Analogies, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 37 48 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 48 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 2 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:17 AM During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 158–162 ____ Analyze Literature: Metaphor, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 38 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 160 ____ English Language Learning, ATE, pp. 160, 162 ____ Enrichment, ATE, pp. 160, 162 ____ Learning Styles: Visual, ATE, p. 161 ____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, p. 161 ____ Learning Styles: Kinesthetic, ATE, p. 161 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 163 ____ Extend the Text: Write a Quotation Journal, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 39 ____ Analyze Literature: Imagery, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 40 ____ Pronoun Cases: The Nominative Case, the Objective Case, and the Possessive Case, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 34–38 Teach the Workshop(s) Select from the following materials to teach the workshop(s): ____ Grammar & Style: Sentence Variety, SE/ATE, p. 164 ____ Language Arts Handbook Section 3.1, The Sentence, SE/ATE, pp. 1318–1319 ____ Sentence Structures: Simple, Compound, Complex, and Compound-Complex Sentences, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 9–11 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 41 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 88–90 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 49 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 2 49 7/9/09 10:47:17 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F Concord Hymn, p. 165 Directed Reading • Reading Level: Easy • Difficulty Consideration: Background information needed • Ease Factor: Length; short stanzas; rhyme scheme Pacing • Regular Schedule: 1 day • Block Schedule: 0.5 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate the poem and recognize its theme: that society creates memorials to help preserve the freedoms for which people gave their lives • analyze and understand consonance and alliteration • develop writing and other language arts skills as specified in the Unit 2 Scope & Sequence Planning Guide Before Reading Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 165 ____ Build Background: Lexington and Concord, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 42 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, p. 166 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 166 ____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 166 ____ Enrichment, ATE, p. 166 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 167 ____ Analyze Literature: Text-to-Text Connection, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 43 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 44 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 91–93 50 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 50 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 2 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:17 AM Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 51 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 2 51 7/9/09 10:47:17 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F Author Focus: Henry David Thoreau, p. 168 from Walden / The Present, p. 169 Vocabulary & Spelling Workshop: Denotation and Connotation, p. 183 Directed Reading from Walden • Reading Level: Challenging • Difficulty Consideration: Unconnected excerpts • Ease Factor: Simple, direct language “The Present” • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Some vocabulary; metaphor, similes; abstract concepts • Ease Factor: Point of view; colorful descriptions Pacing • Regular Schedule: 2 days • Block Schedule: 1 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate Thoreau’s description of his year at Walden Pond and state the theme of the essay: that individuals should live as simply and as close to nature as they can • identify Thoreau’s role as a Transcendentalist • analyze and understand purpose and tone • compare and contrast the essay with one by Annie Dillard • develop writing and other language arts skills as specified in the Unit 2 Scope & Sequence Planning Guide Before Reading Teach the Feature(s) Select from the following resources to teach the feature(s): ____ Author Focus: Henry David Thoreau, SE/ATE, p. 168 Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 169 ____ Build Vocabulary: Root Words, Prefixes, and Suffixes, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 45 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 170–178 ____ History Connection: Irish Immigration, SE/ATE, p. 173 ____ Literature Connection: “The Present,” SE/ATE, p. 179–180 ____ Connecting with Literature: Walden Pond Ecology, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 46 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 171 ____ English Language Learning, ATE, pp. 171, 175 ____ Enrichment, ATE, p. 171 ____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, p. 173 52 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 52 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 2 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:18 AM ____ ____ ____ ____ ____ Learning Styles: Kinesthetic, ATE, pp. 173, 179 Learning Styles: Visual, ATE, p. 179 Historical Context Project: Transcendentalism in America, Differentiated Instruction for Advanced Students, p. 10 Reading Strategies and Skills Practice: Make Connections, Differentiated Instruction for Developing Readers, pp. 10–12 Main Idea, Differentiated Instruction for English Language Learners, pp. 30–48 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 181–182 ____ Analyze Literature: Setting, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 47 ____ Analyze Literature: Character, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 48 ____ Analyze Literature: The Essay, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 49 ____ Common, Proper, Singular, and Plural Nouns, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 16–21 ____ Pronouns and Antecedents, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 27–33 Teach the Workshop(s) Select from the following materials to teach the workshop(s): ____ Vocabulary & Spelling: Denotation and Connotation, SE/ATE, p. 183 ____ Denotation and Connotation, Exceeding the Standards: Vocabulary & Spelling, pp. 27–28 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 50 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 94–96 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 53 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 2 53 7/9/09 10:47:18 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F from Civil Disobedience / from Self-Reliance, p. 184 Grammar & Style Workshop: Sentence Fragments, p. 194 Directed Reading from “Civil Disobedience” • Reading Level: Challenging • Difficulty Consideration: Vocabulary; more description than action; complicated sentence structure; long paragraphs; abstract concepts from “Self-Reliance” • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Vocabulary and footnotes; long sentences • Ease Factor: Length Pacing • Regular Schedule: 2 days • Block Schedule: 1 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate two essays about individualism versus conformity • analyze and understand thesis and irony • develop writing and other language arts skills as specified in the Unit 2 Scope & Sequence Planning Guide Before Reading Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 184 ____ Build Vocabulary: Denotation and Connotation, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 51 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 185–191 ____ History Connection: The Mexican-American War, SE/ATE, p. 186 ____ Analyze Literature: Fact and Opinion, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 52 ____ Analyze Literature: Aphorism, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 53 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ Learning Styles: Visual, ATE, p. 187 ____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, p. 187 ____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, pp. 188, 191 ____ English Language Learning, ATE, pp. 188, 191 ____ Enrichment, ATE, pp. 188, 191 ____ Comparing Authors Study: Emerson and Thoreau, Differentiated Instruction for Advanced Students, p. 11 54 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 54 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 2 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:18 AM After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 192–193 ____ Analyze Literature: Text-to-Text Connection, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 54 ____ Lifelong Learning: Compare Writers’ Influence, Exceeding the Standards: Extension Activities, p. 6 ____ Expository Writing: Write Unified Paragraphs, Exceeding the Standards: Writing, pp. 13–22 Teach the Workshop(s) Select from the following materials to teach the workshop(s): ____ Grammar & Style: Sentence Fragments, SE/ATE, p. 194 ____ Language Arts Handbook Section 3.1, The Sentence, SE/ATE, pp. 1318–1319 ____ Sentence Fragments, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 228–230 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 55 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 97–99 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 55 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 2 55 7/9/09 10:47:18 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F Letter to Sophia Ripley, p. 195 Independent Reading • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Vocabulary and footnotes; long sentences • Ease Factor: Length Pacing • Regular Schedule: 1 day • Block Schedule: 0.5 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • apply reading skills and strategies • analyze literary elements • use context clues to understand unfamiliar vocabulary words • address critical thinking questions. • use writing options to assess understanding of the text Before Reading Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 195 ____ Build Vocabulary: Latin Roots, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 56 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 195–196 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 196 ____ Analyze Literature: The Letter Form, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 57 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 58 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 100–102 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® 56 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 56 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 2 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:18 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F Part 3: American Gothic, p. 197 The Devil and Tom Walker, p. 198 Directed Reading • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Symbolism; dense description • Ease Factor: Interesting plot Pacing • Regular Schedule: 2 day • Block Schedule: 1 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate a story with the theme that people obsessed by personal gain usually end up destroying their souls • understand how the story exemplifies Gothic literature • analyze and understand plot, conflict, exposition, and climax • develop writing and other language arts skills as specified in the Unit 2 Scope & Sequence Guide Before Reading Teach the Feature(s) Select from the following resources to Teach the Feature(s): ____ Part 3: American Gothic, SE/ATE, p. 197 ____ New England Renaissance Study Guide: Understanding Part 3: American Gothic and Applying Part 3: American Gothic, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, pp. 12–13 Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 198 ____ Build Vocabulary: Synonyms and Antonyms, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 59 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 199–208 ____ History Connection: The Salem Witch Trials, SE/ATE, p. 202 ____ Literary Connection: The Story of “Rip Van Winkle,” SE/ATE, p. 205 ____ Analyze Literature: Tone, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 60 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 200 ____ English Language Learning, ATE, pp. 200, 201, 206 ____ Enrichment, ATE, p. 201 ____ Learning Styles: Visual, ATE, p. 204 ____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, p. 204 ____ Plot, Differentiated Instruction for English Language Learners, pp. 49–66 © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 57 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 2 57 7/9/09 10:47:18 AM After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 209 ____ Analyze Literature: Theme, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 61 ____ Common, Proper, Singular, and Plural Nouns, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 16–21 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 62 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 103–105 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® 58 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 58 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 2 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:19 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F Author Focus: Edgar Allan Poe, p. 210 The Raven / Alone / Letter to John Allan, p. 211 Directed Reading “The Raven” • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Vocabulary; unfamiliar setting • Ease Factor: Length “Alone” • Reading Level: Easy • Difficulty Consideration: Abstract concepts • Ease Factor: Sympathetic character with whom students might identify Pacing • Regular Schedule: 2 days • Block Schedule: 1 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate the two poems by understanding the raven as a symbol of the speaker’s profound loss and appreciating “Alone” as an expression of the speaker’s feelings of isolation • identify common themes and style in Poe’s writing • analyze and understand mood and alliteration • develop writing and other language arts skills as specified in the Unit 2 Scope & Sequence Guide Before Reading Teach the Feature(s) Select from the following resources to teach the feature(s): ____ Author Focus: Edgar Allan Poe, SE/ATE, p. 210 Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 211 ____ Build Vocabulary: Definitions, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 63 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 212–216 ____ Art Connection: Illustrations of Poe’s Stories, SE/ATE, p. 215 ____ Primary Source Connection: Letter to John Allan, SE/ATE, pp. 217–218 ____ Analyze Literature: Plot, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 64 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, pp. 214, 217 ____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 214 ____ Enrichment, ATE, pp. 214, 217 ____ Learning Styles: Kinesthetic, ATE, p. 215 ____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, p. 215 ____ Learning Styles: Visual, ATE, p. 215 © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 59 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 2 59 7/9/09 10:47:19 AM ____ ____ Reading Strategies and Skills Practice: Unlock Word Meanings, Differentiated Instruction for Developing Readers, pp. 13–15 Analyze Text Organization, Differentiated Instruction for English Language Learners, pp. 67–75 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 219–220 ____ Analyze Literature: Sound Devices, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 65 ____ Analyze Literature: Text-to-Text Connection, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 66 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 67 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 106–108 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® 60 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 60 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 2 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:19 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F The Fall of the House of Usher, p. 221 Understanding Literary Criticism: Psychological Criticism, p. 238 Grammar & Style Workshop: Run-On Sentences, p. 240 Directed Reading • Reading Level: Challenging • Difficulty Consideration: Unlikely events; complicated sentences; challenging vocabulary; complex relations between characters • Ease Factor: Highly descriptive Pacing • Regular Schedule: 2 days • Block Schedule: 1 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate a story about a fatal link between a family and its home • recognize elements of Gothic literature in the work • identify common themes and styles in Poe’s writing • analyze and understand Gothic fiction and foreshadowing • develop writing and other language arts skills as specified in the Unit 2 Scope & Sequence Guide Before Reading Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 221 ____ Build Vocabulary: Latin Roots, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 68 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 222–235 ____ Literary Connection: Detective Stories, SE/ATE, p. 231 ____ Analyze Literature: Imagery, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 69 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, pp. 223, 234 ____ English Language Learning, ATE, pp. 223, 230 ____ Learning Styles: Visual, ATE, pp. 224, 228, 235 ____ Learning Styles: Kinesthetic, ATE, pp. 224, 235 ____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, pp. 228, 235 ____ Enrichment, ATE, p. 230 © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 61 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 2 61 7/9/09 10:47:19 AM After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 236–237 ____ Analyze Literature: Text-to-Text Connection, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 70 Teach the Feature(s) Select from the following resources to teach the feature(s): ____ Understanding Literary Criticism: Psychological Criticism, SE/ATE, pp. 238–239 ____ Differentiated Instruction: Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 239 ____ Differentiated Instruction: English Language Learning, ATE, p. 239 ____ Understanding Literary Criticism: Psychological Criticism, Exceeding the Standards: Literature & Reading, pp. 4–6 Teach the Workshop(s) Select from the following materials to teach the workshop(s): ____ Grammar & Style: Run-On Sentences, SE/ATE, p. 240 ____ Language Arts Handbook Section 3.1, The Sentence, SE/ATE, pp. 1318–1319 ____ Run-On Sentences, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 231–233 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 71 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 109–111 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® 62 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 62 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 2 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:19 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F Death of Edgar Allan Poe, p. 241 Independent Reading • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Background information needed; some vocabulary; more description than action; shifts in time • Ease Factor: Sympathetic main character; length Pacing • Regular Schedule: 1 day • Block Schedule: 0.5 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • apply reading strategies and skills • analyze literary elements • use context clues to understand unfamiliar vocabulary words • address critical thinking questions • use writing options to assess understanding of the text Before Reading Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 241 ____ Build Vocabulary: Word Analogies, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 72 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 241–242 ____ Literary Connection: The Influence of Poe, SE/ATE, p. 243 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 242 ____ Enrichment, ATE, p. 242 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 243 ____ Analyze Literature: Free Verse, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 73 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 74 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 112–113 © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 63 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 2 63 7/9/09 10:47:19 AM Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® 64 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 64 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 2 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:19 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F The Minister’s Black Veil, p. 244 Independent Reading • Reading Level: Challenging • Difficulty Consideration: Background information; long paragraphs; difficult vocabulary; abstract concepts • Ease Factor: Dialogue; suspense Pacing • Regular Schedule: 1 day • Block Schedule: 0.5 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • apply reading strategies and skills • analyze literary elements • use context clues to understand unfamiliar vocabulary words • address critical thinking questions • use writing options to assess understanding of the text Before Reading Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 244 ____ Build Vocabulary: Context Clues, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 75 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 244–253 ____ Analyze Literature: Plot, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 76 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 247 ____ Learning Styles: Visual, ATE, p. 249 ____ Learning Styles: Kinesthetic, ATE, p. 249 ____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 251 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 253 ____ Analyze Literature: Point of View, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 77 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 78 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 114–116 © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 65 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 2 65 7/9/09 10:47:20 AM Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® 66 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 66 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 2 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:20 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F Loomings, from Moby-Dick, p. 254 Vocabulary & Spelling Workshop: Eponyms, p. 259 Independent Reading • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Unrealistic events; abstract concepts; challenging vocabulary; unfamiliar cultural references • Ease Factor: Colorful imagery Pacing • Regular Schedule: 1 day • Block Schedule: 0.5 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • apply reading strategies and skills • analyze literary elements • use context clues to understand unfamiliar vocabulary words • address critical thinking questions • use writing options to assess understanding of the text Before Reading Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 254 ____ Build Vocabulary: Word Facts, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 79 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 254–258 ____ Analyze Literature: Moby-Dick Criticism, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 80 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ Learning Styles: Visual, ATE, p. 256 ____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 257 ____ Enrichment, ATE, p. 257 ____ Author Study: Herman Melville: The Man and His Works, Differentiated Instruction for Advanced Students, pp. 12–13 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 258 ____ Analyze Literature: Figures of Speech, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 81 Teach the Workshop(s) Select from the following materials to teach the workshop(s): ____ Vocabulary & Spelling: Eponyms, SE/ATE, p. 259 ____ Eponyms and Toponyms, Exceeding the Standards: Vocabulary & Spelling, pp. 57–58 © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 67 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 2 67 7/9/09 10:47:20 AM Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, p. 82 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 117–119 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® 68 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 68 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 2 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:20 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F Speaking & Listening Workshop: Prepare Notes for a Presentation, p. 261 Pacing • Regular Schedule: 2 days • Block Schedule: 1 day • prepare notes that emphasize main ideas and provide brief supporting details • prepare notes that can be used effectively in delivering the presentation Objectives Participating in this lesson will help enable students to • prepare notes that are well organized, clearly written, and easy to follow Teach the Workshop Select from the following resources to teach the workshop: ____ Speaking & Listening Workshop: Prepare Notes for a Presentation, SE/ATE, p. 261 ____ Language Arts Handbook Section 7.6, Public Speaking, SE/ATE, pp. 1356–1357 Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ Prepare Notes for a Presentation, Exceeding the Standards: Speaking & Listening, pp. 3–6 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 69 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 2 69 7/9/09 10:47:20 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F Writing Workshop: Descriptive Writing—Describe a Setting, p. 262 Pacing • Regular Schedule: 3 days • Block Schedule: 1.5 days Objectives Participating in this lesson will help enable students to • describe a setting in an essay that has an introduction that quickly puts the reader in the scene • describe a setting in an essay that develops a body that includes specific details of sight, sound, smell, feel, and, if appropriate, taste • describe a setting in an essay that ends with a conclusion that gives the reader a sense of closure Teach the Workshop Select from the following resources to teach the workshop: ____ Writing Workshop: Descriptive Writing—Describe a Setting, SE/ATE, pp. 262–263 ____ Language Arts Handbook Section 4.1, The Writing Process, SE/ATE, pp. 1335–1340 ____ Language Arts Handbook Section 4.2, Modes and Purposes of Writing, SE/ATE, p. 1340 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 263 ____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 263 ____ Enrichment, ATE, p. 263 Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ Expository Writing: Write Unified Paragraphs, Exceeding the Standards: Writing, pp. 13–22 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® 70 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 70 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 2 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:20 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F Test Practice Workshop, p. 264 Pacing • Regular Schedule: 1 day • Block Schedule: 0.5 day Objectives Participating in this lesson will help enable students to • identify the mood and tone of a literary work • analyze the prompt before writing to ensure that they will write on the assigned topic • evaluate a passage to identify errors and inconsistencies in grammar, punctuation, spelling, organization, and style Teach the Workshop Select from the following resources to teach the workshop: ____ Reading Skills: Identify Mood and Tone, SE/ATE, pp. 264–265 ____ Writing Skills: Analyze the Prompt, SE/ATE, p. 266 ____ Revising and Editing Skills, SE/ATE, p. 267 ____ Language Arts Handbook Section 8.1, Preparing for Tests, SE/ATE, p. 1360 ____ Language Arts Handbook Section 8.2, Strategies for Taking Standardized Tests, SE/ATE, p. 1360 ____ Language Arts Handbook Section 8.4, Answering Multiple-Choice Questions, SE/ATE, p. 1361 ____ Language Arts Handbook Section 8.5, Answering Reading Comprehension Questions, SE/ATE, p. 1361 ____ Language Arts Handbook Section 8.8, Answering Constructed-Response Questions, SE/ATE, p. 1362 ____ Language Arts Handbook Section 8.9, Answering Essay Questions, SE/ATE, pp. 1362–1363 ____ Test-Taking Skills and Strategies, Exceeding the Standards: Test Practice, pp. 1–2 Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ New England Renaissance Study Guide: Practice Test, Meeting the Standards Unit 2, pp. 14–17 ____ English Grammar Practice Test: Revising and Editing, Exceeding the Standards: Test Practice, pp. 6–7 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 71 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 2 71 7/9/09 10:47:21 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F Unit 3 Slavery and the Civil War Opener, p. 268 Pacing • Regular Schedule: 1 day • Block Schedule: 0.5 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • understand the impact of historical, social, and political elements on the literature of 1850–1865 • identify the characteristics of the literature of slavery and the Civil War period Plan the Unit Use the following resources to plan instruction for this unit: ____ Unit 3 Visual Planning Guide: Unit-Based Resources, ATE, pp. 268A–268B ____ Unit 3 Visual Planning Guide: Lesson-by-Lesson Resources, ATE, pp. 268C–268D ____ Unit 3 Scope & Sequence Guide, ATE, pp. 268E–268J ____ Unit 3 Building Vocabulary, ATE, pp. 268K–268M ____ Launch the Unit, ATE, p. 268 Teach the Unit Opener Choose from the following resources to teach the unit opener: ____ Unit 3 Overview, SE/ATE, pp. 268–269 ____ Timeline: Slavery and the Civil War 1850–1865, SE/ATE, pp. 270–271 ____ Historical Introduction: Slavery and the Civil War 1850–1865, SE/ATE, pp. 272–274 ____ Slavery and the Civil War Study Guide: Introduction, Meeting the Standards Unit 3, p. 1 ____ Slavery and the Civil War Study Guide: Historical Context, Meeting the Standards Unit 3, pp. 2–3 ____ Slavery and the Civil War Study Guide: Master Vocabulary List, Meeting the Standards Unit 3, p. 17 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 273 ____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 273 Extend the Unit Choose from the following resources to extend the unit: ____ For Your Reading List, SE/ATE, p. 360 ____ Unit 3, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 46–92 ____ Media Literacy: Advanced Word Processing and Publishing, Exceeding the Standards: Special Topics, pp. 9–10 ____ Basic Study Skills 2, Exceeding the Standards: Special Topics, pp. 11–12 ____ Unit 3, Exceeding the Standards: Vocabulary & Spelling, pp. 17–26 72 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 72 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 3 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:21 AM Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Formative Surveys 1 and 2, Assessment Guide, pp. 3–28 ____ Reading Fluency Assessments, Passages 5 and 6, Assessment Guide, pp. 481–482 ____ Unit 3 Exam, Assessment Guide, pp. 434–438 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 73 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 3 73 7/9/09 10:47:21 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F Part 1: A Nation Divided, p. 275 from Narrative of the Life of Frederick Douglass, an American Slave, Written by Himself / Frederick Douglass, p. 276 Grammar & Style Workshop: Unified Paragraphs, p. 285 Directed Reading • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Vocabulary • Ease Factor: Length Pacing • Regular Schedule: 3 days • Block Schedule: 1.5 days Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate a narrative about the author’s childhood as a slave on a Maryland plantation • understand how the selection typifies a slave narrative • compare and contrast the autobiography with Hayden’s poem • understand and analyze stereotype and tone • develop writing and other language arts skills as specified in the Unit 3 Scope & Sequence Planning Guide Before Reading Teach the Feature(s) Select from the following resources to teach the feature(s): ____ Part 1: A Nation Divided, SE/ATE, p. 275 ____ Slavery and the Civil War Study Guide: Understanding Part 1: A Nation Divided and Applying Part 1: A Nation Divided, Meeting the Standards Unit 3, pp. 4–7 Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 276 ____ Build Vocabulary: Analogies, Meeting the Standards Unit 3, p. 19 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 277–280 ____ Music Connection: Spirituals, SE/ATE, p. 278 ____ Literature Connection: Frederick Douglass, SE/ATE, p. 281 ____ History Connection: The Underground Railroad, SE/ATE, p. 282 ____ Research Project: Legacy of the Spiritual, Meeting the Standards Unit 3, pp. 20–21 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 278 ____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 278 ____ Enrichment, ATE, p. 279 74 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 74 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 3 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:21 AM ____ ____ ____ ____ Learning Styles: Visual, ATE, p. 280 Historical Connection: The Underground Railroad, Differentiated Instruction for Advanced Students, p. 14 Reading Strategies and Skills Practice: Take Notes, Differentiated Instruction for Developing Readers, pp. 16–18 Cause and Effect, Differentiated Instruction for English Language Learners, pp. 76–84 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 282–284 ____ Analyze Literature: Text-to-Text Connection, Meeting the Standards Unit 3, p. 22 ____ Action Verbs and State of Being Verbs, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 46–48 ____ Passive Voice and Active Voice, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 63–65 ____ Subject and Verb Agreement: With Intervening Expressions, with Contractions, with Linking Verbs, and with Special Subjects, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 81–86 Teach the Workshop(s) Select from the following materials to teach the workshop(s): ____ Grammar & Style: Unified Paragraphs, SE/ATE, p. 285 ____ The Paragraph, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 252–254 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 3, p. 23 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 120–122 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 75 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 3 75 7/9/09 10:47:21 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F An Occurrence at Owl Creek Bridge, p. 286 Directed Reading • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Plot twists • Ease Factor: Length Pacing • Regular Schedule: 2 days • Block Schedule: 1 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate a short story about a man who imagines himself escaping punishment for violating the enemy’s military order • understand and analyze psychological fiction and flashback • develop writing and other language arts skills as specified in the Unit 3 Scope & Sequence Planning Guide Before Reading Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 286 ____ Build Vocabulary: Latin Origins, Meeting the Standards Unit 3, p. 24 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 287–294 ____ History Connection: Where Is Owl Creek? SE/ATE, p. 292 ____ Connecting with Literature: Major Battles of the Civil War, Meeting the Standards Unit 3, p. 25 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 288 ____ English Language Learning, ATE, pp. 288, 293 ____ Enrichment, ATE, p. 288 ____ Learning Styles: Visual, ATE, p. 291 ____ Learning Styles: Kinesthetic, ATE, p. 291 ____ Reading Strategies and Skills Practice: Make Predictions, Differentiated Instruction for Developing Readers, pp. 19–21 ____ Sequence of Events, Differentiated Instruction for English Language Learners, pp. 85–100 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 295–296 ____ Analyze Literature: Sensory Details, Meeting the Standards Unit 3, p. 26 ____ Transitive and Intransitive Verbs, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 56–58 76 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 76 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 3 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:21 AM ____ ____ Verb Tenses: The Simple Tenses, the Perfect Tenses, and the Progressive and Emphatic Verb Forms, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 59–62 Predicated Nouns, Pronouns, and Adjectives, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 76–80 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 3, p. 27 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 123–125 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 77 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 3 77 7/9/09 10:47:21 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F The Gettysburg Address / Letter to Mrs. Bixby / The Second Inaugural Address, p. 297 Grammar & Style Workshop: Parallel Structure, p. 304 Directed Reading “The Gettysburg Address” • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Context of speech; complicated sentences • Ease Factor: Length “Letter to Mrs. Bixby” • Reading Level: Easy • Difficulty Consideration: Vocabulary; background information on Civil War • Ease Factor: Length; sympathetic main character “The Second Inaugural Address” • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Style; background information needed • Ease Factor: Length Pacing • Regular Schedule: 2 days • Block Schedule: 1 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate two historical speeches • understand and analyze parallelism and antithesis • understand the historical events that led to these speeches • develop writing and other language arts skills as specified in the Unit 3 Scope & Sequence Planning Guide Before Reading Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 297 ____ Build Vocabulary: Synonyms and Shades of Meaning, Meeting the Standards Unit 3, p. 28 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 298, 301–302 ____ Primary Source Connection: “Letter to Mrs. Bixby,” SE/ATE, pp. 299–300 ____ Extend the Text: Witness to the Battle of Gettysburg, Meeting the Standards Unit 3, p. 29 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ Enrichment, ATE, p. 299 ____ Primary Source Project: The Gettysburg Address: Reconstructing the Speech, Differentiated Instruction for Advanced Students, pp. 15–16 ____ Main Idea, Differentiated Instruction for English Language Learners, pp. 101–106 78 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 78 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 3 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:22 AM After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 300, 303 ____ Analyze Literature: Voice, Meeting the Standards Unit 3, p. 30 ____ Analyze Literature: Literary Elements of Speeches, Meeting the Standards Unit 3, p. 31 ____ Critical Literacy: Analyze Speeches, Exceeding the Standards: Extension Activities, p. 7 Teach the Workshop(s) Select from the following materials to teach the workshop(s): ____ Grammar & Style: Parallel Structure, SE/ATE, p. 304 ____ Achieving Parallelism, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 240–242 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 3, p. 32 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 126–128 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 79 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 3 79 7/9/09 10:47:22 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F Farewell to His Army / At the Public Market Museum: Charleston, South Carolina, p. 305 Directed Reading “Farewell to His Army” • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Challenging vocabulary; formal style • Ease Factor: Short paragraphs; topic students can relate to “At the Public Market Museum” • Reading Level: Easy • Difficulty Consideration: Background information on Civil War; museum setting • Ease Factor: Length; conversational tone; short lines Pacing • Regular Schedule: 2 days • Block Schedule: 1 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate Lee’s farewell letter • understand and analyze purpose and tone • develop writing and other language arts skills as specified in the Unit 3 Scope & Sequence Planning Guide Before Reading Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 305 ____ Build Vocabulary: Etymology, Meeting the Standards Unit 3, p. 33 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, p. 306 ____ Literature Connection: “At the Public Market Museum: Charleston, South Carolina,” SE/ATE, pp. 307–308 ____ Analyze Literature: Diction, Meeting the Standards Unit 3, p. 34 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, p. 306 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 309 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 3, p. 35 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 129–131 80 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 80 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 3 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:22 AM Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 81 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 3 81 7/9/09 10:47:22 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F from Incidents in the Life of a Slave Girl, Seven Years Concealed, p. 310 Grammar & Style Workshop: Transitions, p. 314 Directed Reading • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Background information on slavery; high-level vocabulary • Ease Factor: Sympathetic narrator; firstperson point of view; compelling story Pacing • Regular Schedule: 1 day • Block Schedule: 0.5 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • apply reading strategies and skills • analyze literary elements • use context clues to understand unfamiliar vocabulary words • address critical thinking questions • use writing options to assess understanding of the text Before Reading Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 310 ____ Build Vocabulary: Latin Roots, Meeting the Standards Unit 3, p. 36 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 310–313 ____ Art Connection: Winslow Homer, SE/ATE, p. 312 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 312 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 313 ____ Extend the Text: Exploring Literary Elements of First-Person, Meeting the Standards Unit 3, p. 37 ____ Linking Verbs and Helping, or Auxiliary, Verbs, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 49–55 ____ Irregular Verbs, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 66–69 82 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 82 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 3 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:22 AM Teach the Workshop(s) Select from the following materials to teach the workshop(s): ____ Grammar & Style: Transitions, SE/ATE, p. 314 ____ Using Transitions Effectively, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 238–239 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 3, p. 38 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 132–134 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 83 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 3 83 7/9/09 10:47:22 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F Part 2: Lyric Poets, p. 315 Understanding Literary Forms: Poetry, p. 316 Author Focus: Walt Whitman, p. 318 from Preface to Leaves of Grass / from I Hear America Singing, p. 319 Vocabulary & Spelling Workshop: Suffixes, p. 324 Directed Reading • Reading Level: Challenging • Difficulty Consideration: Metaphor; background needed; more description than action; formal language; long, complicated sentences • Ease Factor: Length from “I Hear America Singing” • Reading Level: Easy • Difficulty Consideration: Personification • Ease Factor: Length; simple language Pacing • Regular Schedule: 1 day • Block Schedule: 0.5 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate a poetic preface describing what makes a democratic nation, and a poem celebrating working people • understand and analyze Romanticism and free verse • identify common themes and elements in Whitman’s writing • develop writing and other language arts skills as specified in the Unit 3 Scope & Sequence Planning Guide Before Reading Teach the Feature(s) Select from the following resources to teach the feature(s): ____ Part 2: Lyric Poets, SE/ATE, p. 315 ____ Understanding Literary Forms: Poetry, SE/ATE, pp. 316–317 ____ Author Focus: Walt Whitman, SE/ATE, p. 318 ____ Slavery and the Civil War Study Guide: Understanding Part 2: Lyric Poets and Applying Part 2: Lyric Poets, Meeting the Standards Unit 3, pp. 8–9 ____ Slavery and the Civil War Study Guide: Understanding Literary Forms: Poetry and Applying Literary Forms: Poetry, Meeting the Standards Unit 3, pp. 10–12 ____ Author Focus: Walt Whitman and Emily Dickinson, Exceeding the Standards: Literature & Reading, pp. 7–9 Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 319 ____ Build Vocabulary: Connotation, Meeting the Standards Unit 3, p. 39 84 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 84 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 3 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:22 AM During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 320–322 ____ Analyze Literature: Romanticism, Meeting the Standards Unit 3, pp. 40–41 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ Enrichment, ATE, p. 321 ____ Learning Styles: Kinesthetic, ATE, p. 322 ____ Literary Form Study: Free Verse, Differentiated Instruction for Advanced Students, p. 17 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 323 ____ Build Background: Whitman’s Workers, Meeting the Standards Unit 3, p. 42 ____ Lifelong Learning: Write a Job Description, Exceeding the Standards: Extension Activities, p. 8 Teach the Workshop(s) Select from the following materials to teach the workshop(s): ____ Vocabulary & Spelling: Suffixes, SE/ATE, p. 324 ____ Language Arts Handbook Section 2.2, Word Parts, SE/ATE, p. 1313 ____ Suffixes, Exceeding the Standards: Vocabulary & Spelling, pp. 11–12 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 3, p. 43 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 135–137 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 85 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 3 85 7/9/09 10:47:23 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F from Song of Myself, p. 325 Directed Reading • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Symbols; historical context; extended metaphor • Ease Factor: Interesting topic; length Pacing • Regular Schedule: 1 day • Block Schedule: 0.5 day the universality and the uniqueness of humans • understand and analyze symbol and elaboration • understand Wordsworth’s influence on Song of Myself • develop writing and other language arts skills as specified in the Unit 3 Scope & Sequence Planning Guide Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate a poem expressing a love of nature and belief in both Before Reading Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 325 ____ Build Vocabulary: Latin Roots, Meeting the Standards Unit 3, p. 44 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 326–332 ____ Analyze Literature: Imagery, Meeting the Standards Unit 3, p. 45 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ Enrichment, ATE, p. 327 ____ Learning Styles: Kinesthetic, ATE, p. 328 ____ Learning Styles: Visual, ATE, p. 328 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 333–334 ____ Analyze Literature: Sound Devices, Meeting the Standards Unit 3, p. 46 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 3, p. 47 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 138–140 86 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 86 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 3 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:23 AM Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 87 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 3 87 7/9/09 10:47:23 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F By the Bivouac’s Fitful Flame / Beat! Beat! Drums! / Mathew Brady: Civil War Photographer, p. 335 Directed Reading “By the Bivouac’s Fitful Flame” • Reading Level: Easy • Difficulty Consideration: Background information on bivouacs; some vocabulary; personification • Ease Factor: Length; sympathetic setting “Beat! Beat! Drums!” • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Abstract concepts; difficult vocabulary • Ease Factor: Length “Mathew Brady: Civil War Photographer” • Reading Level: Easy • Difficulty Consideration: Background information on Civil War • Ease Factor: Sympathetic main character; realism; conversational tone Pacing • Regular Schedule: 1 day • Block Schedule: 0.5 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate two poems, the first depicting a soldier at a campfire at night, worried about dying in battle; the second, about the effect of warmongering despite society’s wish for peace • understand and analyze alliteration and onomatopoeia • compare and contrast these selections with Whitman’s other works in this volume • develop writing and other language arts skills as specified in the Unit 3 Scope & Sequence Planning Guide Before Reading Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 335 ____ Build Vocabulary: Etymology, Meeting the Standards Unit 3, p. 48 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 336–338 ____ Informational Text Connection: “Mathew Brady: Civil War Photographer,” SE/ATE, pp. 339–341 ____ Analyze Literature: Tone and Author’s Purpose, Meeting the Standards Unit 3, pp. 49–50 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 340 ____ Enrichment, ATE, p. 340 ____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, p. 341 ____ Learning Styles: Visual, ATE, p. 341 88 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 88 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 3 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:23 AM After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 342–343 ____ Connecting with Literature: Art of the Civil War, Meeting the Standards Unit 3, p. 51 ____ Linking Verbs and Helping, or Auxiliary, Verbs, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 49–55 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 3, p. 52 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 141–143 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 89 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 3 89 7/9/09 10:47:23 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F Ode to Walt Whitman, p. 344 Independent Reading • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Run-on lines; some difficult vocabulary; abstract concepts; background information on odes • Ease Factor: Short lines Pacing • Regular Schedule: 1 day • Block Schedule: 0.5 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • apply reading strategies and skills • analyze literary elements • use context clues to understand unfamiliar vocabulary words • address critical thinking questions • use writing options to assess understanding of the text Before Reading Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 344 ____ Build Vocabulary: Synonyms, Meeting the Standards Unit 3, p. 53 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 344–347 ____ Analyze Literature: Imagery, Meeting the Standards Unit 3, p. 54 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 346 ____ Enrichment, ATE, p. 346 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 347 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 3, p. 55 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 144–146 90 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 90 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 3 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:23 AM Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 91 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 3 91 7/9/09 10:47:23 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F Author Focus: Emily Dickinson, p. 348 Much Madness is divinest Sense— / I heard a Fly buzz—when I died— / Because I could not stop for Death— / This is my letter to the World / Battle for the Belle of Amherst, p. 349 Directed Reading “Much Madness is divinest Sense—” • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Challenging vocabulary; abstract concepts • Ease Factor: Length “I heard a Fly buzz—when I died—” • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Figurative meanings; extended metaphor; unconventional sentence structure and punctuation • Ease Factor: Length; vocabulary; topic “Because I could not stop for Death—” • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Figurative meanings; extended metaphor; unconventional sentence structure and punctuation • Ease Factor: Length; vocabulary; topic “This is my letter to the World” • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Figurative meanings; extended metaphor; unconventional sentence structure and punctuation • Ease Factor: Length; vocabulary; topic “Battle for the Belle of Amherst” • Reading Level: Easy to moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Background information on Dickinson; more information than action • Ease Factor: Short paragraphs; appealing topic Pacing • Regular Schedule: 2 days • Block Schedule: 1 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate poems about isolation and death • understand and analyze personification and slant rhyme • identify common themes, subjects, and styles in Dickinson’s poems • develop writing and other language arts skills as specified in the Unit 3 Scope & Sequence Planning Guide Before Reading Teach the Feature(s) Select from the following resources to Teach the Feature(s): ____ Author Focus: Emily Dickinson, SE/ATE, p. 348 ____ Author Focus: Walt Whitman and Emily Dickinson, Exceeding the Standards: Literature & Reading, pp. 7–9 Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 349 ____ Build Vocabulary: Word Roots and Shades of Meaning, Meeting the Standards Unit 3, p. 56 92 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 92 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 3 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:24 AM During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 350–354 ____ Informational Text Connection: “Battle for the Belle of Amherst,” SE/ATE, pp. 355–356 ____ Analyze Literature: Emily Dickinson, Meeting the Standards Unit 3, p. 57 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, p. 352 ____ Enrichment, ATE, pp. 355–356 ____ Take Notes, Differentiated Instruction for English Language Learners, pp. 107–113 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 357 ____ Analyze Literature: Elements of Poetry, Meeting the Standards Unit 3, p. 58 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 3, p. 59 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 147–149 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 93 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 3 93 7/9/09 10:47:24 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F There’s a certain Slant of light— / My life closed twice before its close— / The Soul selects her own Society—, p. 358 Independent Reading “There’s a certain Slant of light—” • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Run-on lines; abstract concepts • Ease Factor: Length “My life closed twice before its close—” • Reading Level: Easy • Difficulty Consideration: Theme • Ease Factor: Simple message “The Soul selects her own Society—” • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Figurative meanings; unconventional sentence structure • Ease Factor: Vocabulary; topic Pacing • Regular Schedule: 1 day • Block Schedule: 0.5 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • apply reading strategies and skills • analyze literary elements • use context clues to understand unfamiliar vocabulary words • address critical thinking questions • use writing options to assess understanding of the text Before Reading Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 358 ____ Build Vocabulary: Multiple-Meaning Words, Meeting the Standards Unit 3, p. 60 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 358–359 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ Author Study: Emily Dickinson, Differentiated Instruction for Advanced Students, p. 18 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 359 ____ Analyze Literature: Psychological Criticism, Meeting the Standards Unit 3, p. 61 ____ Descriptive Writing: Write a Lyric Poem, Exceeding the Standards: Writing, pp. 23–35 94 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 94 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 3 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:24 AM Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 3, p. 62 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 150–151 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 95 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 3 95 7/9/09 10:47:24 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F Speaking & Listening Workshop: Deliver a Narrative Presentation, p. 361 Pacing • Regular Schedule: 2 days • Block Schedule: 1 day Objectives Participating in this lesson will help enable students to • deliver a narrative presentation that appeals to the audience • deliver a narrative presentation that has a clear purpose and an easy-to-follow narrative • deliver a narrative presentation that contains sensory details and appropriate transitions • deliver a presentation using suitable facial expressions, pace, tone of voice, and word choice • deliver a presentation using materials that appeal to listeners Teach the Workshop Select from the following resources to teach the workshop: ____ Speaking & Listening Workshop: Deliver a Narrative Presentation, SE/ATE, p. 361 ____ Language Arts Handbook Section 7.1, Verbal and Nonverbal Communication, SE/ATE, p. 1353 ____ Language Arts Handbook Section 7.6, Public Speaking, SE/ATE, pp. 1356–1357 ____ Language Arts Handbook Section 7.8, Telling a Story, SE/ATE, pp. 1357–1358 Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ Deliver a Narrative Presentation, Exceeding the Standards: Speaking & Listening, pp. 7–10 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® 96 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 96 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 3 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:24 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F Writing Workshop: Persuasive Writing—Solve a Problem, p. 362 Pacing • Regular Schedule: 3 days • Block Schedule: 1.5 days Objectives Participating in this lesson will help enable students to • identify the problem, establish context, and capture audience interest • provide a thesis statement that clearly presents the argument • demonstrate the problem and offer a feasible solution • conclude by restating the thesis and providing closure Teach the Workshop Select from the following resources to teach the workshop: ____ Writing Workshop: Persuasive Writing—Solve a Problem, SE/ATE, pp. 362–367 ____ Language Arts Handbook Section 4.1, The Writing Process, SE/ATE, pp. 1335–1340 ____ Language Arts Handbook Section 4.2, Modes and Purposes of Writing, SE/ATE, p. 1340 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 364 ____ Enrichment, ATE, p. 364 Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ Descriptive Writing: Write a Lyric Poem, Exceeding the Standards: Writing, pp. 23–35 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 97 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 3 97 7/9/09 10:47:24 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F Test Practice Workshop, p. 368 Pacing • Regular Schedule: 1 day • Block Schedule: 0.5 day Objectives Participating in this lesson will help enable students to • identify author’s purpose • prewrite, write, and revise a reflective essay in response to a writing prompt • read and revise a passage for errors in organization, grammar, spelling, punctuation, and capitalization Teach the Workshop Select from the following resources to teach the workshop: ____ Reading Skills: Identify Author’s Purpose, SE/ATE, pp. 368–369 ____ Writing Skills: Plan Your Response, SE/ATE, p. 370 ____ Revising and Editing Skills, SE/ATE, p. 371 ____ Language Arts Handbook Section 8.1, Preparing for Tests, SE/ATE, p. 1360 ____ Language Arts Handbook Section 8.2, Strategies for Taking Standardized Tests, SE/ATE, p. 1360 ____ Language Arts Handbook Section 8.4, Answering Multiple-Choice Questions, SE/ATE, p. 1361 ____ Language Arts Handbook Section 8.5, Answering Reading Comprehension Questions, SE/ATE, p. 1361 ____ Language Arts Handbook Section 8.8, Answering Constructed-Response Questions, SE/ATE, p. 1362 ____ Language Arts Handbook Section 8.9, Answering Essay Questions, SE/ATE, pp. 1362–1363 ____ Test-Taking Skills and Strategies, Exceeding the Standards: Test Practice, pp. 1–2 Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ Slavery and the Civil War Study Guide: Practice Test, Meeting the Standards Unit 3, pp. 13–16 ____ Writing Practice Test: Timed Writing, Exceeding the Standards: Test Practice, p. 8 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® 98 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 98 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 3 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:25 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F Unit 4 Expanding Frontiers Opener, p. 372 Pacing • Regular Schedule: 1 day • Block Schedule: 0.5 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • understand the impact of historical, social, and political elements on American literature from the post-Civil War period to the beginning of the Modern Era (1865–1910). • identify the characteristics of Realism, Naturalism, and Regionalism/ Plan the Unit Use the following resources to plan instruction for this unit: ____ Unit 4 Visual Planning Guide: Unit-Based Resources, ATE, pp. 372A–372B ____ Unit 4 Visual Planning Guide: Lesson-by-Lesson Resources, ATE, pp. 372C–372F ____ Unit 4 Scope & Sequence Guide, ATE, pp. 372G–372L ____ Unit 4 Building Vocabulary, ATE, pp. 372M–372O ____ Launch the Unit, ATE, p. 372 Teach the Unit Opener Choose from the following resources to teach the unit opener: ____ Unit 4 Overview, SE/ATE, pp. 372–373 ____ Timeline: Expanding Frontiers: 1865–1910, SE/ATE, pp. 374–375 ____ Historical Introduction: Expanding Frontiers: 1865–1910, SE/ATE, pp. 376–378 ____ Expanding Frontiers Study Guide: Introduction, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, p. 1 ____ Expanding Frontiers Study Guide: Historical Context, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, pp. 2–3 ____ Expanding Frontiers Study Guide: Master Vocabulary List, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, p. 17 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 377 ____ Enrichment, ATE, p. 377 Extend the Unit Choose from the following resources to extend the unit: ____ For Your Reading List, SE/ATE, p. 510 ____ Unit 4, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 93–124 ____ Media Literacy: PowerPoint, Exceeding the Standards: Special Topics, pp. 13–14 ____ Succeeding at Work 1, Exceeding the Standards: Special Topics, p. 15 ____ Unit 4, Exceeding the Standards: Vocabulary & Spelling, pp. 27–34 © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 99 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 4 99 7/9/09 10:47:25 AM Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Formative Surveys 1 and 2, Assessment Guide, pp. 3–28 ____ Reading Fluency Assessments, Passages 7 and 8, Assessment Guide, pp. 483–484 ____ Unit 4 Exam, Assessment Guide, pp. 439–443 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® 100 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 100 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 4 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:25 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F Part 1: Realism and Naturalism, p. 379 Author Focus: Mark Twain, p. 380 The Notorious Jumping Frog of Calaveras County / How to Tell a Story, p. 381 Grammar & Style Workshop: Irregular Verbs, p. 392 Directed Reading “The Notorious Jumping Frog of Calaveras County” • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Dialect • Ease Factor: Selection length; humorous style “How to Tell a Story” • Reading Level: Easy • Difficulty Consideration: More information than action; some difficult vocabulary • Ease Factor: Length; conversational tone Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate a tall tale embedded within a frame tale • understand how Regionalism influenced this literature • analyze and understand the use of dialect • compare Twain’s storytelling to his guidelines on storytelling • develop writing and other language arts skills as specified in the Unit 4 Scope & Sequence Planning Guide Pacing • Regular Schedule: 2 days • Block Schedule: 1 day Before Reading Teach the Feature(s) Select from the following resources to teach the feature(s): ____ Part 1: Realism and Naturalism, SE/ATE, p. 379 ____ Author Focus: Mark Twain, SE/ATE, p. 380 ____ Expanding Frontiers Study Guide: Understanding Part 1: Realism and Naturalism and Applying Part 1: Realism and Naturalism, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, pp. 4–5 Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 381 ____ Build Vocabulary: Etymology, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, p. 19 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 382–386 ____ Cultural Connection: Mark Twain on Civilization, SE/ATE, p. 385 ____ Primary Source Connection: “How to Tell a Story,” SE/ATE, pp. 387–389 ____ Connecting with Literature: Life in the Mining Towns, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, p. 20 © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 101 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 4 101 7/9/09 10:47:25 AM Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 384 ____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 384 ____ Enrichment, ATE, p. 388 ____ Reading Strategies and Skills Practice: Unlock Word Meaning, Differentiated Instruction for Developing Readers, pp. 22–24 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 390–391 ____ Analyze Literature: Characterization, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, p. 21 ____ Adjectives and Adverbs, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 93–102 Teach the Workshop(s) Select from the following materials to teach the workshop(s): ____ Grammar & Style: Irregular Verbs, SE/ATE, p. 392 ____ Language Arts Handbook Section 3.5, Verbs, SE/ATE, pp. 1322–1324 ____ Irregular Verbs, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 66–69 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, p. 22 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 152–154 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® 102 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 102 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 4 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:25 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F from Life on the Mississippi, p. 393 Understanding Literary Criticism: Biographical-Historical Criticism, p. 400 Directed Reading • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Background information needed; challenging vocabulary • Ease Factor: Colorful imagery; vivid description Pacing • Regular Schedule: 2 days • Block Schedule: 1 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate Mark Twain’s memoir about his days as a steamboat pilot • analyze and understand memoir as a genre, including the author’s use of descriptive detail • compare the styles Twain uses in fiction, essay, and memoir • develop writing and other language arts skills as specified in the Unit 4 Scope & Sequence Planning Guide Before Reading Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 393 ____ Build Vocabulary: Shades of Meaning, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, p. 23 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 394–398 ____ Geography Connection: The Mississippi River, SE/ATE, p. 396 ____ Build Background: Steamboats, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, p. 24 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ Learning Styles: Visual, ATE, p. 396 ____ Learning Styles: Kinesthetic, ATE, p. 396 ____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 397 ____ Enrichment, ATE, p. 397 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 399 ____ Analyze Literature: Tone, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, pp. 25–26 ____ Subordinating Conjunctions, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 121–124 © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 103 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 4 103 7/9/09 10:47:26 AM Teach the Feature(s) Select from the following resources to teach the feature(s): ____ Understanding Literary Criticism: Biographical-Historical Criticism, SE/ATE, p. 400 ____ Differentiated Instruction: Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 401 ____ Differentiated Instruction: English Language Learning, ATE, p. 401 ____ Differentiated Instruction: Enrichment, ATE, p. 401 ____ Understanding Literary Criticism: Biographical-Historical Criticism, Exceeding the Standards: Literature & Reading, pp. 10–12 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, p. 27 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 155–157 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® 104 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 104 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 4 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:26 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F The Outcasts of Poker Flat, p. 402 Grammar & Style Workshop: Modifiers, p. 413 Directed Reading • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Ironic phrases • Ease Factor: Author’s style Pacing • Regular Schedule: 2 days • Block Schedule: 1 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate a short story about a conflict between a community and its outcasts • understand how Regionalism influenced the literature • analyze and understand character and motivation • develop writing and other language arts skills as specified in the Unit 4 Scope & Sequence Planning Guide Before Reading Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 402 ____ Build Vocabulary: Latin Roots, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, p. 28 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 403–411 ____ History Connection: The Story of Nat Love, SE/ATE, p. 406 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, pp. 404, 408 ____ English Language Learning, ATE, pp. 404, 405, 408 ____ Enrichment, ATE, pp. 405, 410 ____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, pp. 406, 409 ____ Learning Styles: Kinesthetic, ATE, pp. 406, 407 ____ Learning Styles: Visual, ATE, p. 409 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 412 ____ Analyze Literature: Setting, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, p. 29 ____ Prepositions, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 113–115 © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 105 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 4 105 7/9/09 10:47:26 AM Teach the Workshop(s) Select from the following materials to teach the workshop(s): ____ Grammar & Style: Modifiers, SE/ATE, p. 413 ____ Language Arts Handbook Section 3.7, Modifiers, SE/ATE, p. 1325 ____ Adjectives and Adverbs, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 93–102 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, p. 30 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 158–160 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® 106 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 106 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 4 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:26 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F Richard Cory / Miniver Cheevy, p. 414 Directed Reading “Richard Cory” • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Abstract concepts; symbolism • Ease Factor: Sympathetic main character; simple language “Miniver Cheevy” • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Background information needed; abstract concepts • Ease Factor: abab rhyme scheme Pacing • Regular Schedule: 1 day • Block Schedule: 0.5 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • read, interpret, analyze, evaluate, and compare two Edwin Arlington Robinson poems • analyze and understand irony and allusion • develop writing and other language arts skills as specified in the Unit 4 Scope & Sequence Planning Guide Before Reading Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 414 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 415–416 ____ Build Background: The Romance of the Past, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, p. 31 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, p. 416 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 417 ____ Analyze Literature: Meter and Rhyme, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, p. 32 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, p. 33 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 161–162 © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 107 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 4 107 7/9/09 10:47:26 AM Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® 108 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 108 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 4 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:26 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F To Build a Fire / How to Build a Campfire, p. 418 Vocabulary & Spelling Workshop: Context Clues, p. 435 Directed Reading • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Subject matter; style; selection length • Ease Factor: Suspense Pacing • Regular Schedule: 3 days • Block Schedule: 1.5 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate a naturalistic story about a man trying to survive in the Yukon • understand how Naturalism influenced this literature • analyze and understand setting, plot, and conflict • develop writing and other language arts skills as specified in the Unit 4 Scope & Sequence Planning Guide Before Reading Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 418 ____ Build Vocabulary: Noun and Adverb Suffixes, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, pp. 34–35 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 419–430 ____ History Connection: Transportation in the Klondike, SE/ATE, p. 429 ____ Informational Text Connection: “How to Build a Campfire,” SE/ATE, pp. 431–432 ____ Build Background: Extreme Cold, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, p. 36 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, pp. 420, 422, 424 ____ Enrichment, ATE, pp. 420, 424, 428, 429 ____ Learning Styles: Visual, ATE, pp. 421, 425, 431 ____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, pp. 421, 425 ____ English Language Learning, ATE, pp. 422 ____ Learning Styles: Kinesthetic, ATE, pp. 423, 426 ____ Informational Text Assignment: Surviving Arctic Cold, Differentiated Instruction for Advanced Students, pp. 19–20 ____ Evaluate Cause and Effect, Differentiated Instruction for English Language Learners, pp. 114–137 © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 109 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 4 109 7/9/09 10:47:26 AM After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 433–434 ____ Analyze Literature: Naturalism and Character, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, pp. 37–38 ____ Critical Literacy: Read Jack London’s Letters, Exceeding the Standards: Extension Activities, p. 9 ____ Adjectives and Adverbs, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 93–102 ____ Expository Writing: Explain a Process, Exceeding the Standards: Writing, pp. 36–51 Teach the Workshop(s) Select from the following materials to teach the workshop(s): ____ Vocabulary & Spelling: Context Clues, SE/ATE, p. 435 ____ Language Arts Handbook Section 2.1, Using Context Clues, SE/ATE, p. 1313 ____ Context Clues, Exceeding the Standards: Vocabulary & Spelling, pp. 35–36 ____ Providing Context Clues in Your Writing, Exceeding the Standards: Vocabulary & Spelling, pp. 37–38 ____ Time Out for Test Practice: Using Context Clues, Exceeding the Standards: Vocabulary & Spelling, pp. 39–40 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, p. 39 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 163–165 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® 110 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 110 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 4 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:26 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F Do not weep, maiden, for war is kind / A Man Said to the Universe, p. 436 Independent Reading “Do not weep, maiden, for war is kind” • Reading Level: Easy • Difficulty Consideration: Irony • Ease Factor: Selection length; vocabulary; style “A Man Said to the Universe” • Reading Level: Easy • Difficulty Consideration: Irony • Ease Factor: Selection length; vocabulary; style Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate a naturalistic story about a man trying to survive in the Yukon • understand how Naturalism influenced this literature • analyze and understand setting, plot, and conflict • develop writing and other language arts skills as specified in the Unit 4 Scope & Sequence Planning Guide Pacing • Regular Schedule: 1 day • Block Schedule: 0.5 day Before Reading Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 436 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 436–437 ____ Art Connection: Frederic Church, SE/ATE, p. 438 ____ Build Background: War and Naturalism, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, p. 40 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ Art Connection Study: Frederic Church and Naturalism, Differentiated Instruction for Advanced Students, pp. 21–22 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 438 ____ Analyze Literature: Free Verse, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, p. 41 © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 111 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 4 111 7/9/09 10:47:27 AM Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, p. 42 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 166–168 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® 112 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 112 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 4 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:27 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F Part 2: The Native American Experience, 439 I Will Fight No More Forever / I Am the Last of My Family, p. 440 Directed Reading “I Will Fight No More Forever” • Reading Level: Easy • Difficulty Consideration: Social and historical context; unfamiliar names • Ease Factor: Style; selection length “I Am the Last of My Family” • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Background information needed • Ease Factor: Sympathetic main character; clearly defined conflict Pacing • Regular Schedule: 2 days • Block Schedule: 1 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate two selections of Native American oral literature • analyze and understand the oral tradition and a speaker’s purpose • compare the tones and purposes of two speeches • develop writing and other language arts skills as specified in the Unit 4 Scope & Sequence Planning Guide Before Reading Teach the Feature(s) Select from the following resources to teach the feature(s): ____ Part 2: The Native American Experience, SE/ATE, p. 439 ____ Expanding Frontiers Study Guide: Understanding Part 2: The Native American Experience and Applying Part 2: The Native American Experience, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, pp. 6–7 Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 440 ____ Build Vocabulary: Analyzing Etymology, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, p. 43 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 441–444 ____ History Connection: Broken Promises, SE/ATE, p. 442 ____ Build Background: Nez Percé and Chiricahua, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, p. 44 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, p. 442 ____ Learning Styles: Visual, ATE, p. 442 ____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 444 ____ Enrichment, ATE, p. 444 © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 113 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 4 113 7/9/09 10:47:27 AM ____ ____ Comparing Literature Activity: Native American Expression, Differentiated Instruction for Advanced Students, p. 23 Determine Author’s Purpose, Differentiated Instruction for English Language Learners, pp. 138–145 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 445 ____ Analyze Literature: Techniques for Creating Mood and Tone, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, pp. 45–46 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, p. 47 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 169–171 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® 114 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 114 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 4 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:27 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F from Black Elk Speaks, p. 446 Directed Reading • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Subject matter; historical and cultural context; style • Ease Factor: Vocabulary; simple sentences Pacing • Regular Schedule: 2 days • Block Schedule: 1 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate a Native American narrative • understand how the historical context impacted this literature • analyze and understand narrative and Magical Realism • develop writing and other language arts skills as specified in the Unit 4 Scope & Sequence Planning Guide Before Reading Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 446 ____ Build Vocabulary: Words with Related Meanings, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, p. 48 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 447–454 ____ Art Connection: Kicking Bear, SE/ATE, p. 450 ____ Cultural Connection: Moon Names, SE/ATE, p. 453 ____ Build Background: Lakota Culture, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, p. 49 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, pp. 448, 451, 454 ____ English Language Learning, ATE, pp. 448, 449, 451 ____ Enrichment, ATE, p. 448 ____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, p. 450 ____ Learning Styles: Visual, ATE, pp. 450, 453 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 455–456 ____ Analyze Literature: Metaphoric Language, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, pp. 45–50 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, p. 51 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 172–174 © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 115 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 4 115 7/9/09 10:47:27 AM Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® 116 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 116 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 4 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:27 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F I Tried to Be Like My Mother, p. 457 Independent Reading • Reading Level: Easy • Difficulty Consideration: Background information needed • Ease Factor: Length; language; conversational tone; plot Pacing • Regular Schedule: 1 day • Block Schedule: 0.5 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • apply reading strategies and skills • analyze literary elements • use context clues to understand unfamiliar vocabulary • address critical thinking questions • use writing options to assess understanding of the text Before Reading Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 457 ____ Build Background: Native American Childhood, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, p. 52 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 457–458 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 458 ____ Analyze Literature: Memoir and Point of View, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, p. 53 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, p. 54 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 175–177 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 117 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 4 117 7/9/09 10:47:28 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F Part 3: Struggling for Equality, p. 459 Understanding Literary Forms: The Speech, p. 460 Keeping the Thing Going While Things Are Stirring / Ain’t I a Woman? p. 462 Directed Reading “Keeping the Thing Going While Things Are Stirring” • Reading Level: Easy • Difficulty Consideration: Historical context; more information than action • Ease Factor: Conversational tone; sympathetic speaker; clearly defined conflict “Ain’t I a Woman?” • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Colloquialisms • Ease Factor: Length Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate an advocacy speech • understand how the historical context influenced this literature • analyze and understand style and dialect in a speech • develop writing and other language arts skills as specified in the Unit 4 Scope & Sequence Planning Guide Pacing • Regular Schedule: 2 days • Block Schedule: 1 day Before Reading Teach the Feature(s) Select from the following resources to teach the feature(s): ____ Part 3: Struggling for Equality, SE/ATE, p. 459 ____ Understanding Literary Forms: The Speech, SE/ATE, pp. 460–461 ____ Expanding Frontiers Study Guide: Understanding Part 3: Struggling for Equality and Applying Part 3: Struggling for Equality, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, pp. 8–9 ____ Expanding Frontiers Study Guide: Understanding Literary Forms: The Speech and Applying Literary Forms: The Speech, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, pp. 10–12 Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 462 ____ Build Background: Political Changes of the 1860s, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, p. 55 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 463–464 ____ Literature Connection: “Ain’t I a Woman?” SE/ATE, p. 465 ____ History Connection: Ida B. Wells, SE/ATE, p. 466 118 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 118 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 4 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:28 AM Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 464 ____ Enrichment, ATE, pp. 464, 465 ____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 465 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 467–468 ____ Analyze Literature: Metaphors and Similes, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, p. 56 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, p. 57 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 178–180 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 119 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 4 119 7/9/09 10:47:28 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F The Destructive Male / Woman’s Right to Suffrage / Letter to Elizabeth Cady Stanton, p. 469 Directed Reading “The Destructive Male” • Reading Level: Moderate to challenging • Difficulty Consideration: Vocabulary; background information needed; formal style; no action • Ease Factor: Length “Woman’s Right to Suffrage” • Reading Level: Challenging • Difficulty Consideration: Ideas • Ease Factor: Length “Letter to Elizabeth Cady Stanton” • Reading Level: Easy to moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Vocabulary; background information needed • Ease Factor: Length; conversational tone Pacing • Regular Schedule: 2 days • Block Schedule: 1 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • read, interpret, analyze, evaluate, and compare two advocacy speeches • analyze and understand argument and rhetoric • compare and contrast two speeches on women’s suffrage • develop writing and other language arts skills as specified in the Unit 4 Scope & Sequence Planning Guide Before Reading Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 469 ____ Build Vocabulary: Word Families, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, p. 58 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 470–474 ____ Primary Source Connection: “Letter to Elizabeth Cady Stanton,” SE/ATE, pp. 475–476 ____ Build Background: The Woman’s Suffrage Movement, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, p. 59 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, pp. 472, 475 ____ Learning Styles: Visual, ATE, p. 472 ____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 473 ____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 474 ____ Enrichment, ATE, p. 476 ____ Primary Source Connection: The Struggle for the Right to Vote, Differentiated Instruction for Advanced Students, p. 24 120 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 120 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 4 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:28 AM After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 476–477 ____ Analyze Literature: Style, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, p. 60 ____ Coordinating and Correlative Conjunctions, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 116–120 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, p. 61 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 181–183 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 121 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 4 121 7/9/09 10:47:28 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F The Emancipation of Women, p. 478 Independent Reading • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Background information needed; formal style; more description than action; complex relationships between the sexes; vocabulary • Ease Factor: Some short paragraphs Pacing • Regular Schedule: 2 days • Block Schedule: 1 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • apply reading strategies and skills • analyze literary elements • use context clues to understand unfamiliar vocabulary • address critical thinking questions. • use writing options to assess understanding of the text Before Reading Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 478 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 478–480 ____ Build Background: Women’s Rights Around the World, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, p. 62 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 480 ____ Analyze Literature: Argument, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, p. 63 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, p. 64 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 184–185 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® 122 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 122 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 4 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:28 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F The Story of an Hour, p. 481 Grammar & Style Workshop: Verbal Phrases, p. 487 Directed Reading • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Passages of psychoanalysis • Ease Factor: Length Pacing • Regular Schedule: 2 days • Block Schedule: 1 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate a Regionalist short story • understand how gender roles of the time period influenced the literature • analyze and understand the use of irony and reversal • develop writing and other language arts skills as specified in the Unit 4 Scope & Sequence Planning Guide Before Reading Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 481 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 482–484 ____ Art Connection: John Singer Sargent, SE/ATE, p. 483 ____ Build Background: The Works of Kate Chopin, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, pp. 65–66 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, pp. 483, 484 ____ Enrichment, ATE, pp. 483, 484 ____ Reading Strategies and Skills Practice: Set Purpose, Differentiated Instruction for Developing Readers, pp. 25–27 ____ Sequence of Events, Differentiated Instruction for English Language Learners, pp. 146–153 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 485–486 ____ Analyze Literature: Plot and Protagonist, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, pp. 67–68 © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 123 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 4 123 7/9/09 10:47:29 AM Teach the Workshop(s) Select from the following materials to teach the workshop(s): ____ Grammar & Style: Verbal Phrases, SE/ATE, p. 16 ____ Language Arts Handbook Section 3.10, Phrases, SE/ATE, p. 1327 ____ Verbals, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 70–72 ____ Verbal Phrases, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 138–144 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, p. 69 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 186–188 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® 124 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 124 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 4 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:29 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F from Songs of Gold Mountain, p. 488 Directed Reading • Reading Level: Easy to moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Background information needed • Ease Factor: Length; sympathetic main character Pacing • Regular Schedule: 1 day • Block Schedule: 0.5 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate four short poems with similar content • analyze and understand speaker and allusion • compare the themes of four poems about similar experiences • develop writing and other language arts skills as specified in the Unit 4 Scope & Sequence Planning Guide Before Reading Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 488 ____ Build Vocabulary: Word Families, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, p. 70 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 489–490 ____ Build Background: Chinese Americans in California, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, p. 71 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, p. 490 ____ Learning Styles: Kinesthetic, ATE, p. 490 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 491 ____ Analyze Literature: Imagery, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, p. 72 ____ Collaborative Learning: Investigate Immigration in the West, Exceeding the Standards: Extension Activities, p. 10 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, p. 73 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 189–190 © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 125 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 4 125 7/9/09 10:47:29 AM Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® 126 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 126 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 4 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:29 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F We Wear the Mask, p. 492 Directed Reading • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Syntax • Ease Factor: Selection length Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate a poem • understand how the post–Civil War period affected this literature • analyze and understand speaker and metaphor • develop writing and other language arts skills as specified in the Unit 4 Scope & Sequence Planning Guide Pacing • Regular Schedule: 1 day • Block Schedule: 0.5 day Before Reading Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 492 ____ Build Vocabulary: Using Synonyms for Precise Connotations, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, p. 74 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, p. 493 ____ Connecting with Literature: The Meaning of Masks, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, p. 75 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 493 ____ Reading Strategies and Skills Practice: Make Connections, Differentiated Instruction for Developing Readers, pp. 28–30 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 494 ____ Analyze Literature: Alliteration, Assonance, Consonance, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, pp. 76–77 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, p. 78 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 191–192 © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 127 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 4 127 7/9/09 10:47:29 AM Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® 128 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 128 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 4 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:29 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F from Up from Slavery, p. 495 Independent Reading • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Abstract concepts • Ease Factor: Sympathetic main character; clear purpose and theme Pacing • Regular Schedule: 1 day • Block Schedule: 0.5 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • apply reading strategies and skills • analyze literary elements • use context clues to understand unfamiliar vocabulary • address critical thinking questions • use writing options to assess understanding of the text Before Reading Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 495 ____ Build Background: Booker T. Washington, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, p. 79 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 495–496 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 496 ____ Analyze Literature: Diction, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, pp. 80–81 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, p. 82 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 193–194 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 129 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 4 129 7/9/09 10:47:29 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F from The Souls of Black Folk, p. 497 Independent Reading • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Background information needed; formal style; vocabulary; length • Ease Factor: Compelling story Pacing • Regular Schedule: 2 days • Block Schedule: 1 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • apply reading strategies and skills • analyze literary elements • use context clues to understand unfamiliar vocabulary • address critical thinking questions • use writing options to assess understanding of the text Before Reading Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 497 ____ Build Vocabulary: Abstract Nouns Made with -tion and -ment, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, p. 83 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 497–507 ____ History Connection: Jim Crow Laws, SE/ATE, p. 500 ____ History Connection: Elizabeth Freeman, SE/ATE, p. 505 ____ Build Background: W. E. B. Du Bois, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, p. 84 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, pp. 499, 501, 502 ____ Enrichment, ATE, pp. 499, 501 ____ Learning Styles: Visual, ATE, pp. 500, 503 ____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, p. 503 ____ English Language Learning, ATE, pp. 504, 506 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 507 ____ Analyze Literature: Parallel Structure and Style, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, pp. 85–86 ____ Adjectives and Adverbs, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 93–102 130 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 130 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 4 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:30 AM Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, p. 87 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 195–197 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 131 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 4 131 7/9/09 10:47:30 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F Booker T. and W. E. B., p. 508 Independent Reading • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Abstract concepts; background information needed • Ease Factor: Dialogue; rhyme Pacing • Regular Schedule: 1 day • Block Schedule: 0.5 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • apply reading strategies and skills • analyze literary elements • use context clues to understand unfamiliar vocabulary • address critical thinking questions • use writing options to assess understanding of the text Before Reading Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 508 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 508–509 ____ Build Background: The Civil Rights Struggle, 1865–1900, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, p. 88 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 509 ____ Analyze Literature: Diction, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, p. 89 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, p. 90 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 198–199 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® 132 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 132 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 4 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:30 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F Speaking & Listening Workshop: Use Active-Listening Skills, p. 511 Pacing • Regular Schedule: 2 days • Block Schedule: 1 day Objectives Participating in this lesson will help enable students to • explain differences between active and passive listening • explain how both speaker and audience benefit when listeners are respectful and attentive • focus on what a speaker has to say • show interest in what another person says in a conversation Teach the Workshop Select from the following resources to teach the workshop: ____ Speaking & Listening Workshop: Use Active-Listening Skills, SE/ATE, p. 511 ____ Language Arts Handbook Section 7.2, Listening Skills, SE/ATE, pp. 1353–1354 ____ Language Arts Handbook Section 7.3, Collaborative Learning and Communication, SE/ATE, p. 1354 ____ Language Arts Handbook Section 7.4, Asking and Answering Questions, SE/ATE, pp. 1354–1355 Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ Use Active Listening Skills, Exceeding the Standards: Speaking & Listening, pp. 11–13 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 133 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 4 133 7/9/09 10:47:30 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F Writing Workshop: Descriptive Writing—Create a Profile, p. 512 Pacing • Regular Schedule: 3 days • Block Schedule: 1.5 days Objectives Participating in this lesson will help enable students to • write an introduction that presents a person in an intriguing way • write a literary response essay that has a clear thesis statement • organize a body that develops a detailed account of one aspect of a person’s life • create a conclusion that gives the account closure Teach the Workshop Select from the following resources to teach the workshop: ____ Writing Workshop: Descriptive Writing—Create a Profile, SE/ATE, pp. 512–513 ____ Language Arts Handbook Section 4.1, The Writing Process, SE/ATE, pp. 1335–1340 ____ Language Arts Handbook Section 4.2, Modes and Purposes of Writing, SE/ATE, p. 1340 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ Enrichment, ATE, p. 513 Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ Expository Writing: Explain a Process, Exceeding the Standards: Writing, pp. 36–51 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® 134 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 134 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 4 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:30 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F Test Practice Workshop, p. 514 Pacing • Regular Schedule: 1 day • Block Schedule: 0.5 day • write an effective introduction for an essay • read and revise a passage for errors in organization, grammar, spelling, punctuation, and capitalization Objectives Participating in this lesson will help enable students to • identify motifs Teach the Workshop Select from the following resources to teach the workshop: ____ Reading Skills: Identify Motifs, SE/ATE, pp. 514–515 ____ Writing Skills: Write a Good Introduction, SE/ATE, p. 516 ____ Revising and Editing Skills, SE/ATE, p. 517 ____ Language Arts Handbook Section 8.1, Preparing for Tests, SE/ATE, p. 1360 ____ Language Arts Handbook Section 8.2, Strategies for Taking Standardized Tests, SE/ATE, p. 1360 ____ Language Arts Handbook Section 8.4, Answering Multiple-Choice Questions, SE/ATE, p. 1361 ____ Language Arts Handbook Section 8.5, Answering Reading Comprehension Questions, SE/ATE, p. 1361 ____ Language Arts Handbook Section 8.8, Answering Constructed-Response Questions, SE/ATE, p. 1362 ____ Language Arts Handbook Section 8.9, Answering Essay Questions, SE/ATE, pp. 1362–1363 ____ Test-Taking Skills and Strategies, Exceeding the Standards: Test Practice, pp. 1–2 Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ Expanding Frontiers Study Guide: Practice Test, Meeting the Standards Unit 4, pp. 13–16 ____ SAT Practice Test: Critical Reading and Writing, Exceeding the Standards: Test Practice, pp. 9–12 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 135 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 4 135 7/9/09 10:47:31 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F Unit 5 Early Twentieth Century Opener, p. 518 Pacing • Regular Schedule: 1 day • Block Schedule: 0.5 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • understand the impact of historical, social, and political elements on the literature of the early twentieth century (1910–1929) • identify the characteristics of Modernism, Regionalism, and the Harlem Renaissance Plan the Unit Use the following resources to plan instruction for this unit: ____ Unit 5 Visual Planning Guide: Unit-Based Resources, ATE, pp. 518A–518B ____ Unit 5 Visual Planning Guide: Lesson-by-Lesson Resources, ATE, pp. 518C–518G ____ Unit 5 Scope & Sequence Guide, ATE, pp. 518G–518P ____ Unit 5 Building Vocabulary, ATE, pp. 518Q–518T ____ Launch the Unit, ATE, p. 518 Teach the Unit Opener Choose from the following resources to teach the unit opener: ____ Unit 5 Overview, SE/ATE, pp. 518–519 ____ Timeline: Early Twentieth Century: 1910–1929, SE/ATE, pp. 520–521 ____ Historical Introduction: Early Twentieth Century: 1910–1929, SE/ATE, pp. 522–524 ____ Early Twentieth Century Study Guide: Introduction, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, p. 1 ____ Early Twentieth Century Study Guide: Historical Context, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, pp. 2–3 ____ Early Twentieth Century Study Guide: Master Vocabulary List, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, p. 17 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 523 ____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 523 Extend the Unit Choose from the following resources to extend the unit: ____ For Your Reading List, SE/ATE, p. 674 ____ Unit 5, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 125–160 ____ Media Literacy: Advanced PowerPoint and Working with Media, Exceeding the Standards: Special Topics, pp. 16–17 ____ Succeeding at Work 2, Exceeding the Standards: Special Topics, pp. 18–19 ____ Unit 5, Exceeding the Standards: Vocabulary & Spelling, pp. 35–40 136 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 136 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 5 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:31 AM Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Formative Surveys 1 and 2, Assessment Guide, pp. 3–28 ____ Reading Fluency Assessments, Passages 9 and 10, Assessment Guide, pp. 485–486 ____ Unit 5 Exam, Assessment Guide, pp. 444–448 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 137 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 5 137 7/9/09 10:47:31 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F Part 1: Modernism, p. 525 Understanding Literary Forms: The Novel, p. 526 from The Great Gatsby, p. 528 Grammar & Style Workshop: Subordination, p. 537 Directed Reading • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Some difficult vocabulary • Ease Factor: Dialogue; conversational tone and style Pacing • Regular Schedule: 2 days • Block Schedule: 1 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate a chapter from a novel • understand the ways in which the novel depicts the Jazz Age • analyze and understand the narrator and describe the setting • develop writing and other language arts skills as specified in the Unit 5 Scope & Sequence Planning Guide Before Reading Teach the Feature(s) Select from the following resources to teach the feature(s): ____ Part 1: Modernism, SE/ATE, p. 525 ____ Understanding Literary Forms: The Novel, SE/ATE, pp. 526–527 ____ Early Twentieth Century Study Guide: Understanding Part 1: Modernism and Applying Part 1: Modernism, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, pp. 4–5 ____ Early Twentieth Century Study Guide: Understanding Literary Forms: The Novel and Applying Literary Forms: The Novel, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, pp. 6–8 Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 528 ____ Build Vocabulary: Suffixes -ity and -ous, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, pp. 19–21 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 529–535 ____ History Connection: The Prohibition Era, SE/ATE, p. 533 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 530 ____ Learning Styles: Kinesthetic, ATE, p. 531 138 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 138 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 5 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:31 AM ____ ____ ____ Learning Styles: Visual, ATE, p. 531 Enrichment, ATE, p. 532 Form Focus Study: Exposition Techniques, Differentiated Instruction for Advanced Students, pp. 25–26 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 536 ____ Analyze Literature: Characterization, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, pp. 21–22 ____ Interrupters and Interjections, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 125–129 ____ Verbal Phrases, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 138–144 Teach the Workshop(s) Select from the following materials to teach the workshop(s): ____ Grammar & Style: Subordination, SE/ATE, p. 537 ____ Language Arts Handbook Section 3.1, The Sentence, SE/ATE, pp. 1318–1319 ____ Subordinating Conjunctions, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 121–124 ____ Phrases and Clauses, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 133–134 ____ Adjective and Adverb Clauses, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 149–154 ____ Noun Clauses, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 155–157 ____ The Clauses of a Sentence: Simple, Compound, Complex, and Compound-Complex, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 158–160 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, p. 23 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 200–202 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 139 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 5 139 7/9/09 10:47:31 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F Author Focus: Ernest Hemingway, p. 538 from The Sun Also Rises / from For Whom the Bell Tolls / The Artist’s Reward, p. 539 Grammar & Style Workshop: Coordination, p. 555 Directed Reading from The Sun Also Rises • Reading Level: Challenging • Difficulty Consideration: Some long paragraphs; background information needed; vocabulary • Ease Factor: Interesting conflict from For Whom the Bell Tolls • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Background information needed; unfamiliar Spanish terms and names • Ease Factor: Short paragraph; strong conflict Pacing • Regular Schedule: 4 days • Block Schedule: 2 days Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate two novel excerpts • analyze and understand plot and motivation. • identify common themes and styles in Hemingway’s writing • develop writing and other language arts skills as specified in the Unit 5 Scope & Sequence Planning Guide Before Reading Teach the Feature(s) Select from the following resources to teach the feature(s): ____ Author Focus: Ernest Hemingway, SE/ATE, p. 538 Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 539 ____ Build Vocabulary: Latin and Greek Roots of Modern Words, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, p. 24 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 540–550 ____ Cultural Connection: Bullfighting, SE/ATE, p. 543 ____ Literary Connection: Hemingway’s Titles, SE/ATE, p. 544 ____ Art Connection: Pablo Picasso, SE/ATE, p. 548 ____ Literature Connection: “The Artist’s Reward,” SE/ATE, p. 551 ____ Literary Connection: The Fitzgerald/Hemingway Relationship, SE/ATE, p. 552 ____ Build Background: Fascism, Socialism, and Communism, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, p. 25 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, pp. 542, 549 140 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 140 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 5 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:31 AM ____ ____ ____ ____ English Language Learning, ATE, pp. 542, 551 Learning Styles: Visual, ATE, p. 544 Learning Styles: Kinesthetic, ATE, p. 544 Enrichment, ATE, p. 549 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 553–554 ____ Analyze Literature: Setting, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, p. 26 ____ Lifelong Learning: Research on the Internet, Exceeding the Standards: Extension Activities, p. 11 ____ Adjective and Adverb Clauses, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 149–154 ____ Prepositional Phrases, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 135–137 ____ Noun Clauses, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 155–157 Teach the Workshop(s) Select from the following materials to teach the workshop(s): ____ Grammar & Style: Coordination, SE/ATE, p. 555 ____ Language Arts Handbook Section 3.1, The Sentence, SE/ATE, pp. 1318–1319 ____ Coordinating and Correlative Conjunctions, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 116–120 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, p. 27 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 203–205 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 141 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 5 141 7/9/09 10:47:31 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F In a Station of the Metro / The River-Merchant’s Wife: A Letter / A Few Don’ts by an Imagiste, p. 556 Directed Reading “In a Station of the Metro” • Reading Level: Easy • Difficulty Consideration: Abstract concept • Ease Factor: Selection length “The River-Merchant’s Wife: A Letter” • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Background information needed; unfamiliar names; abstract concepts • Ease Factor: Prose-like syntax; sympathetic main character Pacing • Regular Schedule: 2 days • Block Schedule: 1 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate two lyric poems • understand the influence of Imagism on the poems • analyze and understand imagery • develop writing and other language arts skills as specified in the Unit 5 Scope & Sequence Planning Guide Before Reading Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 556 ____ Build Vocabulary: Connotation, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, p. 28 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 557–559 ____ Literature Connection: “A Few Don’ts by an Imagiste,” SE/ATE, pp. 560–561 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ Enrichment, ATE, p. 558 ____ Learning Styles: Visual, ATE, p. 559 ____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 561 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 562 ____ Analyze Literature: Tone, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, p. 29 142 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 142 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 5 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:32 AM Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, p. 30 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 206–207 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 143 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 5 143 7/9/09 10:47:32 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F Petals / Mid-Day, p. 563 Directed Reading “Petals” • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Extended metaphor; run-on lines; abstract concepts • Ease Factor: Length; vocabulary “Mid-Day” • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Abstract concepts; confusing title • Ease Factor: Short line; simple vocabulary Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate two lyric poems • analyze and understand speaker and mood • compare and contrast the two poems and their use of natural imagery • develop writing and other language arts skills as specified in the Unit 5 Scope & Sequence Planning Guide Pacing • Regular Schedule: 2 days • Block Schedule: 1 day Before Reading Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 563 ____ Build Vocabulary: Verbs and Participles, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, p. 31 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 564–565 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 565 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 566–567 ____ Analyze Literature: Extended Metaphor, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, p. 32 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, p. 33 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 208–209 144 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 144 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 5 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:32 AM Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 145 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 5 145 7/9/09 10:47:32 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F Author Focus: William Carlos Williams, p. 568 The Red Wheelbarrow / This Is Just to Say / The Dance, p. 569 Vocabulary & Spelling Workshop: Semantic Families, p. 574 Directed Reading “The Red Wheelbarrow” • Reading Level: Easy • Difficulty Consideration: Unconventional punctuation • Ease Factor: Length; vocabulary “This is Just to Say” • Reading Level: Easy • Difficulty Consideration: Unconventional punctuation • Ease Factor: Length; vocabulary; topic “The Dance” • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Subject matter; poetic conventions • Ease Factor: Repetition of words and phrases Pacing • Regular Schedule: 2 days • Block Schedule: 1 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate three lyric poems • understand the influence of Imagism on the poems • analyze and understand imagery, rhythm, and meter • identify common themes and styles in Williams’s writing • develop writing and other language arts skills as specified in the Unit 5 Scope & Sequence Planning Guide Before Reading Teach the Feature(s) Select from the following resources to teach the feature(s): ____ Author Focus: William Carlos Williams, SE/ATE, p. 568 Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 569 ____ Build Vocabulary: Semantic Families, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, pp. 34–35 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 570–572 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, p. 572 146 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 146 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 5 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:32 AM After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 573 ____ Analyze Literature: Stanza and Line, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, pp. 36–37 Teach the Workshop(s) Select from the following materials to teach the workshop(s): ____ Vocabulary & Spelling: Semantic Families, SE/ATE, p. 574 ____ Language Arts Handbook Section 2.4, Understanding Multiple Meanings, SE/ATE, p. 1314 ____ Semantic Families, Exceeding the Standards: Vocabulary & Spelling, pp. 70–71 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, p. 38 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 210–211 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 147 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 5 147 7/9/09 10:47:32 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F The Love Song of J. Alfred Prufrock, p. 575 Directed Reading • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Elliptical, allusive style • Ease Factor: Selection length Pacing • Regular Schedule: 2 days • Block Schedule: 1 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate a revolutionary poetic look at early-twentiethcentury middle-class attitudes and values • analyze and understand dramatic monologue and allusion • develop writing and other language arts skills as specified in the Unit 5 Scope & Sequence Planning Guide Before Reading Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 575 ____ Build Vocabulary: Context, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, pp. 39–40 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 576–580 ____ Analyze Literature: Stream of Consciousness, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, p. 41 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 577 ____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 577 ____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, p. 579 ____ Learning Styles: Visual, ATE, p. 579 ____ Literary Criticism: Responding to a Poem, Differentiated Instruction for Advanced Students, p. 27 ____ Reading Strategies and Skills Practice: Take Notes, Differentiated Instruction for Developing Readers, pp. 31–33 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 581 ____ Analyze Literature: Metaphor and Simile, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, p. 42 148 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 148 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 5 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:32 AM Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, p. 43 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 212–214 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 149 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 5 149 7/9/09 10:47:33 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F Understanding Literary Criticism: Reader-Response Criticism, p. 582 Poetry / Ars Poetica, p. 584 Directed Reading “Poetry” • Reading Level: Challenging • Difficulty Consideration: Style; vocabulary; poetic conventions • Ease Factor: Short stanzas “Ars Poetica” • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Style • Ease Factor: Vocabulary Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate two lyric poems • analyze and understand theme and stanza • compare and contrast the poems • develop writing and other language arts skills as specified in the Unit 5 Scope & Sequence Planning Guide Pacing • Regular Schedule: 2 days • Block Schedule: 1 day Before Reading Teach the Feature(s) Select from the following resources to teach the feature(s): ____ Understanding Literary Criticism: Reader-Response Criticism, SE/ATE, pp. 582–583 ____ Differentiated Instruction: Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 583 ____ Differentiated Instruction: English Language Learning, ATE, p. 583 ____ Differentiated Instruction: Enrichment, ATE, p. 583 ____ Understanding Literary Criticism: Reader-Response Criticism, Exceeding the Standards: Literature & Reading, pp. 13–15 Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 584 ____ Build Vocabulary: Synonyms and Antonyms, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, pp. 44–45 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 585–587 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 586 150 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 150 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 5 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:33 AM After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 588 ____ Analyze Literature: Repetition and Parallelism, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, p. 46 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, p. 47 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 215–216 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 151 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 5 151 7/9/09 10:47:33 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F Ars Poetica, p. 589 Independent Reading • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Simile; abstract concepts • Ease Factor: Length; simple vocabulary Pacing • Regular Schedule: 1 day • Block Schedule: 0.5 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • apply reading strategies and skills • analyze literary elements • use context clues to understand unfamiliar vocabulary words • address critical thinking questions • use writing options to assess understanding of the text Before Reading Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 589 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, p. 589 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 590 ____ Analyze Literature: Creationism and Language, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, pp. 48–49 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, p. 50 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 217–219 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® 152 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 152 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 5 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:33 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F somewhere i have never travelled,gladly beyond, p. 591 Independent Reading • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Unconventional punctuation • Ease Factor: Length; vocabulary Pacing • Regular Schedule: 1 day • Block Schedule: 0.5 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • apply reading strategies and skills • analyze literary elements • use context clues to understand unfamiliar vocabulary words • address critical thinking questions • use writing options to assess understanding of the text Before Reading Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 591 ____ Build Vocabulary: Word Families, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, p. 51 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, p. 591 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 592 ____ Analyze Literature: Syntax and Structure, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, pp. 52–53 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, p. 54 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 220–222 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 153 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 5 153 7/9/09 10:47:33 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F Anecdote of the Jar, p. 593 Independent Reading • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Abstract concepts • Ease Factor: Length; simple vocabulary Pacing • Regular Schedule: 1 day • Block Schedule: 0.5 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • apply reading strategies and skills • analyze literary elements • use context clues to understand unfamiliar vocabulary words • address critical thinking questions • use writing options to assess understanding of the text Before Reading Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 593 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, p. 593 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 594 ____ Build Background: Romantic and Modern Notions of Nature, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, p. 55 ____ Analyze Literature: Symbol and Sound, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, p. 56 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, p. 57 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 223–225 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® 154 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 154 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 5 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:33 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F Part 2: The Common Life, p. 595 A Wagner Matinee, p. 596 Grammar & Style Workshop: Appositives, p. 606 Directed Reading • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: References to narrator’s youth • Ease Factor: Length Pacing • Regular Schedule: 2 days • Block Schedule: 1 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate a short story about the visit an aunt pays to her nephew in Boston • analyze and understand narrator, point of view, and characterization • understand the influence of Regionalism on Cather’s writing • develop writing and other language arts skills as specified in the Unit 5 Scope & Sequence Planning Guide Before Reading Teach the Feature(s) Select from the following resources to teach the feature(s): ____ Part 2: The Common Life, SE/ATE, p. 595 ____ Early Twentieth Century Study Guide: Understanding Part 2: The Common Life and Applying Part 2: The Common Life, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, pp. 9–10 Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 596 ____ Build Vocabulary: Words from Music, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, pp. 58–59 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 597–603 ____ History Connection: The Homestead Act, SE/ATE, p. 599 ____ Build Background: Homesteading, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, p. 60 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 598 ____ Learning Styles: Kinesthetic, ATE, p. 599 ____ Enrichment, ATE, p. 600 ____ Learning Styles: Visual, ATE, p. 602 ____ Reading Strategies and Skills Practice: Visualize, Differentiated Instruction for Developing Readers, pp. 34–36 ____ Compare and Contrast, Differentiated Instruction for English Language Learners, pp. 154–166 © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 155 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 5 155 7/9/09 10:47:34 AM After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 604–605 ____ Analyze Literature: Flashback, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, pp. 61–62 ____ Phrases and Clauses, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 133–134 ____ Verbal Phrases, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 138–144 ____ Expository Writing: Write an Essay Test Response, Exceeding the Standards: Writing, pp. 52–66 Teach the Workshop(s) Select from the following materials to teach the workshop(s): ____ Grammar & Style: Appositives, SE/ATE, p. 606 ____ Language Arts Handbook Section 3.3, Nouns, SE/ATE, p. 1320 ____ Appositives, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 103–105 ____ Appositive Phrases, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 145–148 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, p. 63 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 226–228 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® 156 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 156 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 5 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:34 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F Lucinda Matlock / Petit, the Poet, p. 607 Directed Reading “Lucinda Matlock” • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Distinction between speaker and poet • Ease Factor: Length; style; topic “Petit, the Poet” • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Vocabulary; abstract concepts • Ease Factor: Imagery; repetition Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate two dramatic poems • analyze and understand free verse and tone • identify common themes and style in Masters’s writing • develop writing and other language arts skills as specified in the Unit 5 Scope & Sequence Planning Guide Pacing • Regular Schedule: 2 days • Block Schedule: 1 day Before Reading Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 607 ____ Build Vocabulary: Using Antonyms to Help Define a Concept, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, p. 64 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 608–610 ____ Art Connection: Grant Wood, SE/ATE, p. 609 ____ Build Background: Spoon River Anthology, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, p. 65 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 608 ____ Learning Styles: Visual, ATE, p. 609 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 611 ____ Analyze Literature: Dramatic Poem, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, p. 66 ____ Collaborative Learning: Interpret a Poem, Exceeding the Standards: Extension Activities, pp. 12–13 © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 157 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 5 157 7/9/09 10:47:34 AM Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, p. 67 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 229–230 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® 158 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 158 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 5 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:34 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F Author Focus: Robert Frost, p. 612 Birches / from Robert Frost: A Life / Mending Wall / The Death of the Hired Man, p. 613 Directed Reading “Birches” • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Poetic language • Ease Factor: Tone; length from Robert Frost: A Life • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Child’s spelling and punctuation; more information than action • Ease Factor: Length “Mending Wall” • Reading Level: Easy • Difficulty Consideration: Inverted sentences • Ease Factor: Length “The Death of the Hired Man” • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Abstract concepts • Ease Factor: Dialogue; sympathetic main character; conversational tone Pacing • Regular Schedule: 3 days • Block Schedule: 1.5 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate three poems by Frost • analyze and understand meter and symbol • identify common themes and styles in Frost’s writing • develop writing and other language arts skills as specified in the Unit 5 Scope & Sequence Planning Guide Before Reading Teach the Feature(s) Select from the following resources to teach the feature(s): ____ Author Focus: Robert Frost, SE/ATE, p. 612 Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 613 ____ Build Vocabulary: Verbs Used to Characterize, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, pp. 68–69 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 614–615, 618–624 ____ Primary Source Connection: from Robert Frost: A Life, SE/ATE, pp. 616–617 ____ Literary Connection: The Pulitzer Prize, SE/ATE, p. 617 © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 159 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 5 159 7/9/09 10:47:34 AM Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ English Language Learning, ATE, pp. 615, 618 ____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 616 ____ Enrichment, ATE, p. 618 ____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, p. 622 ____ Learning Styles: Kinesthetic, ATE, p. 622 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 625–626 ____ Analyze Literature: Theme and Figurative Language, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, pp. 70–71 ____ Interrupters and Interjections, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 125–129 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, p. 72 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 231–233 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® 160 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 160 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 5 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:34 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F Chicago / The Architecture of Chicago / Grass, p. 627 Directed Reading “Chicago” • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Similes; importance of title • Ease Factor: Length “The Architecture of Chicago” • Reading Level: Easy • Difficulty Consideration: None • Ease Factor: Formatting aids; heads, section breaks; maps; simple language “Grass” • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Antiwar message; personification • Ease Factor: Length Pacing • Regular Schedule: 2 days • Block Schedule: 1 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate two lyric poems by Sandburg • analyze and understand sensory details and parallelism • identify common themes and styles in Sandburg’s writing • develop writing and other language arts skills as specified in the Unit 5 Scope & Sequence Planning Guide Before Reading Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 627 ____ Build Background: Chicago History, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, pp. 73–74 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 628–629, 635 ____ Informational Text Connection: The Architecture of Chicago, SE/ATE, pp. 630–634 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 629 ____ Learning Styles: Visual, ATE, p. 635 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 636 ____ Analyze Literature: Apostrophe and Personification, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, p. 75 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, p. 76 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 234–235 © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 161 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 5 161 7/9/09 10:47:35 AM Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® 162 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 162 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 5 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:35 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F Sonnet XXX / from A Few Figs from Thistles, p. 637 Independent Reading “Sonnet XXX” • Reading Level: Easy • Difficulty Consideration: Sonnet format; shift in time • Ease Factor: Length; vocabulary Pacing • Regular Schedule: 1 day • Block Schedule: 0.5 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • apply reading strategies and skills • analyze literary elements • use context clues to understand unfamiliar vocabulary words • address critical thinking questions • use writing options to assess understanding of the text Before Reading Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 637 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 637–638 ____ Build Background: The Sonnet, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, p. 77 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 638 ____ Analyze Literature: Imagery, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, p. 78 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, p. 79 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 236–238 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 163 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 5 163 7/9/09 10:47:35 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F Part 3: Harlem Renaissance, p. 639 Author Focus: Langston Hughes, p. 640 The Negro Speaks of Rivers / I, Too, Sing America / from The Big Sea, p. 641 Directed Reading “The Negro Speaks of Rivers” • Reading Level: Moderate to easy • Difficulty Consideration: Names of rivers; historical context • Ease Factor: Length; simple language “I, Too, Sing America” • Reading Level: Easy • Difficulty Consideration: Historical context • Ease Factor: Length; simple language from The Big Sea • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Unfamiliar celebrity names; background information needed • Ease Factor: Length; conversational tone Pacing • Regular Schedule: 2 days • Block Schedule: 1 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate two lyric poems by Hughes • analyze and understand speaker and tone • identify common themes and styles in Hughes’s writing • develop writing and other language arts skills as specified in the Unit 5 Scope & Sequence Planning Guide Before Reading Teach the Feature(s) Select from the following resources to teach the feature(s): ____ Part 3: The Harlem Renaissance, SE/ATE, p. 639 ____ Author Focus: Langston Hughes, SE/ATE, p. 640 ____ Early Twentieth Century Study Guide: Understanding Part 3: Harlem Renaissance and Applying Part 3: The Harlem Renaissance, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, pp. 11–12 Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 641 ____ Build Background: Rivers and Civilization, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, p. 80 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 642–644 ____ Primary Source Connection: from The Big Sea, SE/ATE, pp. 645–646 164 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 164 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 5 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:35 AM Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ English Language Learning, ATE, pp. 643, 645 ____ Enrichment, ATE, p. 644 ____ Primary Source Project: Langston Hughes: In His Own Words, Differentiated Instruction for Advanced Students, p. 28 ____ Identify Multiple Levels of Meaning, Differentiated Instruction for English Language Learners, pp. 167–173 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 647 ____ Analyze Literature: Symbolism and Allusion, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, pp. 81–82 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, p. 83 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 239–240 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 165 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 5 165 7/9/09 10:47:35 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F America / A Black Man Talks of Reaping, p. 648 Vocabulary & Spelling Workshop: Synonyms and Antonyms, p. 653 Directed Reading “America” • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Extended metaphor; extension of ideas from one line to next • Ease Factor: Length “A Black Man Talks of Reaping” • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Interpretation of last stanza • Ease Factor: Length; language Pacing • Regular Schedule: 2 days • Block Schedule: 1 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate a sonnet and a lyric poem • understand the influence of the Harlem Renaissance • analyze and understand sonnet and allegory • compare and contrast two poems • develop writing and other language arts skills as specified in the Unit 5 Scope & Sequence Planning Guide Before Reading Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 648 ____ Build Vocabulary: Terms for Poetic Form and Sound, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, p. 84 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 649–650 ____ Art Connection: William H. Johnson, SE/ATE, p. 651 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ Learning Styles: Visual, ATE, p. 650 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 652 ____ Analyze Literature: Figurative Language, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, pp. 85–86 166 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 166 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 5 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:35 AM Teach the Workshop(s) Select from the following materials to teach the workshop(s): ____ Vocabulary & Spelling: Synonyms and Antonyms, SE/ATE, p. 653 ____ Language Arts Handbook Section 2.3, Using a Dictionary, SE/ATE, p. 1313 ____ Synonyms and Antonyms, Exceeding the Standards: Vocabulary & Spelling, pp. 68–69 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, p. 87 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 241–243 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 167 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 5 167 7/9/09 10:47:35 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F Author Focus: James Weldon Johnson, p. 654 My City / Go Down, Death / from Black Manhattan, p. 655 Directed Reading “My City” • Reading Level: Easy • Difficulty Consideration: Tribute to Manhattan • Ease Factor: Length; vocabulary “Go Down, Death” • Reading Level: Easy • Difficulty Consideration: Personification • Ease Factor: Repetition; sympathetic main character; prose-like syntax; familiar theme; simple language; easy-to-follow narrative from Black Manhattan • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Difficult vocabulary; more description than action; background information needed • Ease Factor: Length Pacing • Regular Schedule: 3 days • Block Schedule: 1.5 days Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate two poems by James Weldon Johnson • analyze and understand alliteration and repetition • identify common themes and styles in Johnson’s writing • develop writing and other language arts skills as specified in the Unit 5 Scope & Sequence Planning Guide Before Reading Teach the Feature(s) Select from the following resources to teach the feature(s): ____ Author Focus: James Weldon Johnson, SE/ATE, p. 654 Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 655 ____ Build Vocabulary: Using Context and Word Structure, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, p. 88 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 656–658 ____ Primary Source Connection, SE/ATE, pp. 659–661 ____ Cultural Connection: Music, Theater, and Art of the Harlem Renaissance, SE/ATE, p. 660 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 657 ____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, p. 658 168 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 168 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 5 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:36 AM After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 662–663 ____ Analyze Literature: Diction and Personification, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, pp. 89–90 ____ Interrupters and Interjections, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 125–129 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, p. 91 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 244–245 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 169 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 5 169 7/9/09 10:47:36 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F Any Human to Another, p. 664 Independent Reading • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Personified emotions • Ease Factor: Length; vocabulary Pacing • Regular Schedule: 1 day • Block Schedule: 0.5 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • apply reading strategies and skills • analyze literary elements • use context clues to understand unfamiliar vocabulary words • address critical thinking questions • use writing options to assess understanding of the text Before Reading Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 664 ____ Build Vocabulary: Associations of Word Clusters, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, p. 92 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, p. 664 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 665 ____ Analyze Literature: Title, Form, Imagery, and Figurative Language, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, pp. 93–94 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, p. 95 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 246–248 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® 170 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 170 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 5 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:36 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F Storm Ending, p. 666 Independent Reading • Reading Level: Easy • Difficulty Consideration: Figurative language • Ease Factor: Length; vocabulary; topic Pacing • Regular Schedule: 1 day • Block Schedule: 0.5 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • apply reading strategies and skills • analyze literary elements • use context clues to understand unfamiliar vocabulary words • address critical thinking questions • use writing options to assess understanding of the text Before Reading Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 666 ____ Build Background: Jean Toomer and the Harlem Renaissance, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, p. 96 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, p. 666 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 667 ____ Analyze Literature: Figurative Language and Free Verse, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, pp. 97–98 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, p. 99 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 249–250 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 171 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 5 171 7/9/09 10:47:36 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F from Dust Tracks on a Road, p. 668 Independent Reading • Reading Level: Easy • Difficulty Consideration: Dialect; background information needed • Ease Factor: Humor; simple language and plot; young person’s point of view Pacing • Regular Schedule: 1 day • Block Schedule: 0.5 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • apply reading strategies and skills • analyze literary elements • use context clues to understand unfamiliar vocabulary words • address critical thinking questions • use writing options to assess understanding of the text Before Reading Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 668 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 668–673 ____ Analyze Literature: Dialect and Slang, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, p. 100 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 670 ____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, p. 671 ____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 672 ____ Enrichment, ATE, p. 672 ____ Narrative Writing Assignment: A Story of Oneself, Differentiated Instruction for Advanced Students, p. 29 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 673 ____ Analyze Literature: Characterization, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, p. 101 ____ The Clauses of a Sentence: Simple, Compound, Complex, and Compound-Complex, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 158–160 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, p. 102 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 251–253 172 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 172 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 5 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:36 AM Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 173 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 5 173 7/9/09 10:47:36 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F Speaking & Listening Workshop: Use Visual Aids, p. 675 Pacing • Regular Schedule: 2 days • Block Schedule: 1 day Objectives Participating in this lesson will help enable students to • create and use visual aids that are suitable to the topic, help convey the content, and capture listeners’ attention • create and use visual aids that are legible and easy to understand • create and use visual aids that can be seen by all audience members • create and use visual aids that do not distract form the speaker’s delivery, are in good working order, and handled skillfully Teach the Workshop Select from the following resources to teach the workshop: ____ Speaking & Listening Workshop: Use Visual Aids, SE/ATE, p. 675 ____ Language Arts Handbook Section 7.10, Preparing a Multimedia Presentation, SE/ATE, p. 1359 Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ Use Visual Aids, Exceeding the Standards: Speaking & Listening, pp. 14–16 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® 174 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 174 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 5 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:37 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F Writing Workshop: Narrative Writing—Write an Application Essay, p. 676 Pacing • Regular Schedule: 3 days • Block Schedule: 1.5 days • prepare a body in which details clarify the topic • bring the essay to a conclusion that reinforces the thesis Objectives Participating in this lesson will help enable students to • write a college application in which the introduction identifies the assigned topic Teach the Workshop Select from the following resources to teach the workshop: ____ Writing Workshop: Narrative Writing—Write an Application Essay, SE/ATE, pp. 676–681 ____ Language Arts Handbook Section 4.1, The Writing Process, SE/ATE, pp. 1335–1340 ____ Language Arts Handbook Section 4.2, Modes and Purposes of Writing, SE/ATE, p. 1340 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 678 ____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 678 Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ Expository Writing: Write an Essay Test Response, Exceeding the Standards: Writing, pp. 52–66 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 175 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 5 175 7/9/09 10:47:37 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F Test Practice Workshop, p. 682 Pacing • Regular Schedule: 1 day • Block Schedule: 0.5 day • provide support for their point of view • read and revise a passage for errors in organization, grammar, spelling, punctuation, and capitalization Objectives Participating in this lesson will help enable students to • evaluate cause and effect Teach the Workshop Select from the following resources to teach the workshop: ____ Reading Skills: Evaluate Cause and Effect, SE/ATE, pp. 682–683 ____ Writing Skills: Provide Support for Your Point of View, SE/ATE, p. 684 ____ Revising and Editing Skills, SE/ATE, p. 685 ____ Language Arts Handbook Section 8.1, Preparing for Tests, SE/ATE, p. 1360 ____ Language Arts Handbook Section 8.2, Strategies for Taking Standardized Tests, SE/ATE, p. 1360 ____ Language Arts Handbook Section 8.4, Answering Multiple-Choice Questions, SE/ATE, p. 1361 ____ Language Arts Handbook Section 8.5, Answering Reading Comprehension Questions, SE/ATE, p. 1361 ____ Language Arts Handbook Section 8.9, Answering Essay Questions, SE/ATE, pp. 1362–1363 ____ Test-Taking Skills and Strategies, Exceeding the Standards: Test Practice, pp. 1–2 Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ Early Twentieth Century Study Guide: Practice Test, Meeting the Standards Unit 5, pp. 13–16 ____ ACT Practice Test: English, Reading, and Writing, Exceeding the Standards: Test Practice, pp. 13–15 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® 176 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 176 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 5 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:37 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F Unit 6 Depression and World War II Opener, p. 686 Pacing • Regular Schedule: 1 day • Block Schedule: 0.5 day • identify the characteristics of literature created during two national crises and of literature emerging from the South in the same period Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • understand the impact of historical, social, and political elements on the literature of the Depression and World War II (1929–1945) Plan the Unit Use the following resources to plan instruction for this unit: ____ Unit 6 Visual Planning Guide: Unit-Based Resources, ATE, pp. 686A–686B ____ Unit 6 Visual Planning Guide: Lesson-by-Lesson Resources, ATE, pp. 686C–686E ____ Unit 6 Scope & Sequence Guide, ATE, pp. 686E–686J ____ Unit 6 Building Vocabulary, ATE, pp. 686I–686L ____ Launch the Unit, ATE, p. 686 Teach the Unit Opener Choose from the following resources to teach the unit opener: ____ Unit 6 Overview, SE/ATE, pp. 686–687 ____ Timeline: Depression and World War II: 1929–1945, SE/ATE, pp. 688–689 ____ Historical Introduction: Depression and World War II: 1929–1945, SE/ATE, pp. 690–692 ____ Depression and World War II Study Guide: Introduction, Meeting the Standards Unit 6, p. 1 ____ Depression and World War II Study Guide: Historical Context, Meeting the Standards Unit 6, pp. 2–4 ____ Depression and World War II Study Guide: Master Vocabulary List, Meeting the Standards Unit 6, p. 17 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 690 ____ Learning Styles: Kinesthetic, ATE, p. 691 ____ Learning Styles: Visual, ATE, p. 691 Extend the Unit Choose from the following resources to extend the unit: ____ For Your Reading List, SE/ATE, p. 818 ____ Unit 6, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 161–197 ____ Media Literacy: Web Development, Exceeding the Standards: Special Topics, pp. 20–21 ____ Successful Lifelong Learning 1, Exceeding the Standards: Special Topics, pp. 22 ____ Unit 6, Exceeding the Standards: Vocabulary & Spelling, pp. 41–48 © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 177 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 6 177 7/9/09 10:47:37 AM Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Formative Surveys 1 and 2, Assessment Guide, pp. 3–28 ____ Reading Fluency Assessments, Passages 11 and 12, Assessment Guide, pp. 487–488 ____ Unit 6 Exam, Assessment Guide, pp. 449–453 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® 178 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 178 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 6 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:37 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F Part 1: Hard Times, p. 693 from Let Us Now Praise Famous Men, p. 694 Grammar & Style Workshop: Precise Language, p. 701 Directed Reading • Reading Level: Challenging • Difficulty Consideration: Long sentences; figurative language; vocabulary • Ease Factor: Subject matter Pacing • Regular Schedule: 2 days • Block Schedule: 1 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate a selection from Let Us Now Praise Famous Men, by James Agee and Walker Evans • understand the impact of the Depression on this work • understand and analyze description and mood • develop writing and other language arts skills as specified in the Unit 6 Scope & Sequence Planning Guide Before Reading Teach the Feature(s) Select from the following resources to teach the feature(s): ____ Part 1: Hard Times, SE/ATE, p. 693 ____ Depression and World War II Study Guide: Understanding Part 1: Hard Times and Applying Part 1: Hard Times, Meeting the Standards Unit 6, pp. 5–6 Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 694 ____ Build Vocabulary: Context, Meeting the Standards Unit 6, p. 19 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 695–699 ____ Build Background: Sharecropping, Meeting the Standards Unit 6, p. 20 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 696 ____ Enrichment, ATE, p. 696 ____ Learning Styles: Kinesthetic, ATE, p. 697 ____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 699 © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 179 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 6 179 7/9/09 10:47:38 AM After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 700 ____ Analyze Literature: Style, Meeting the Standards Unit 6, p. 21 Teach the Workshop(s) Select from the following materials to teach the workshop(s): ____ Grammar & Style: Precise Language, SE/ATE, p. 701 ____ Making Your Language Precise and Colorful, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 243–245 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 6, p. 22 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 254–256 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® 180 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 180 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 6 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:38 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F Author Focus: John Steinbeck, p. 702 from The Grapes of Wrath / Letter to Elizabeth Otis / The Chrysanthemums, p. 703 Directed Reading from The Grapes of Wrath • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Dialect; background information needed • Ease Factor: Informal tone; sympathetic characters; dialogue “Letter to Elizabeth Otis” • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Vocabulary; background information needed • Ease Factor: Length; straightforward language; clear purpose and theme “The Chrysanthemums” • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Symbolism; background information needed • Ease Factor: Sympathetic main character Pacing • Regular Schedule: 3 days • Block Schedule: 1.5 days Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate an excerpt from Steinbeck’s Grapes of Wrath, and his short story “The Chrysanthemums” • identify common themes and style in Steinbeck’s writing • analyze and understand dialogue and setting • develop writing and other language arts skills as specified in the Unit 6 Scope & Sequence Guide Before Reading Teach the Feature(s) Select from the following resources to teach the feature(s): ____ Author Focus: John Steinbeck, SE/ATE, p. 702 Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 703 ____ Build Vocabulary: Homonyms, Meeting the Standards Unit 6, p. 23 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 704–707, 710–719 ____ Literary Connection: Dramatizations of The Grapes of Wrath, SE/ATE, p. 706 ____ Primary Source Connection: “Letter to Elizabeth Otis,” SE/ATE, pp. 708–709 ____ Literary Connection: Meridel LeSueur, SE/ATE, p. 714 ____ Music Connection: The Swing Era, SE/ATE, p. 718 ____ Build Background: The Dust Bowl, Meeting the Standards Unit 6, p. 24 © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 181 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 6 181 7/9/09 10:47:38 AM Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, pp. 704, 716 ____ English Language Learning, ATE, pp. 708, 712 ____ Learning Styles: Kinesthetic, ATE, p. 713 ____ Drama Connection Activity: A Story in Different Forms, Differentiated Instruction for Advanced Students, p. 30 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 720–721 ____ Analyze Literature: Character, Meeting the Standards Unit 6, p. 25 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 6, p. 26 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 257–259 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® 182 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 182 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 6 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:38 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F A Date Which Will Live in Infamy / from No Ordinary Time, p. 723 Directed Reading “A Date Which Will Live in Infamy” • Reading Level: Easy • Difficulty Consideration: Formal style • Ease Factor: Familiar, clearly defined topic; clear purpose from No Ordinary Time • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Background information on World War II and U.S. patriotism; formal style • Ease Factor: Dialogue; familiar setting Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate Franklin Roosevelt’s address “A Date Which Will Live in Infamy” • understand the historic context of the speech • analyze and understand purpose and repetition • develop writing and other language arts skills as specified in the Unit 6 Scope & Sequence Planning Guide Pacing • Regular Schedule: 2 days • Block Schedule: 1 day Before Reading Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 722 ____ Build Vocabulary: Base Words and Derivatives, Meeting the Standards Unit 6, p. 27 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 723–724 ____ Literature Connection: from No Ordinary Time, SE/ATE, pp. 725–727 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, pp. 724, 726 ____ Enrichment, ATE, p. 726 ____ Main Idea, Differentiated Instruction for English Language Learners, pp. 174–180 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 728 ____ Analyze Literature: Argument, Meeting the Standards Unit 6, pp. 28–29 ____ Narrative Writing: Summarize a Historical Event, Exceeding the Standards: Writing, pp. 67–81 © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 183 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 6 183 7/9/09 10:47:38 AM Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 6, p. 30 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 260–262 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® 184 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 184 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 6 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:38 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F The Death of the Ball Turret Gunner / World War II Recruitment Posters, p. 729 Directed Reading • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Unfamiliar setting • Ease Factor: Length; author’s style Pacing • Regular Schedule: 1 day • Block Schedule: 0.5 day from the perspective of a gunner killed while operating a turret • understand the work as a reflection of the World War II era • analyze and understand extended metaphor and imagery • develop writing and other language arts skills as specified in the Unit 6 Scope & Sequence Planning Guide Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate Jarrell’s “The Death of the Ball Turret Gunner,” told Before Reading Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 729 ____ Build Background: Working Women, Meeting the Standards Unit 6, p. 31 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, p. 730 ____ Informational Text Connection: World War II Posters, SE/ATE, pp. 731–733 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 732 ____ Reading Strategies and Skills Practice: Visualize, Differentiated Instruction for Developing Readers, pp. 37–39 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 734 ____ Analyze Literature: Connotations and Theme, Meeting the Standards Unit 6, pp. 32–33 © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 185 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 6 185 7/9/09 10:47:39 AM Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 6, p. 34 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 263–264 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® 186 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 186 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 6 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:39 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F A Noiseless Flash, from Hiroshima, p. 735 Grammar & Style Workshop: Active and Passive Voice, p. 751 Directed Reading • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Chronology • Ease Factor: Vivid images Pacing • Regular Schedule: 2 days • Block Schedule: 1 day describing the experience of the bomb on six survivors. • understand the historical context of this work of literary nonfiction. • analyze and understand point of view and irony. • develop writing and other language arts skills as specified in the Unit 6 Scope & Sequence Planning Guide Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate “A Noiseless Flash,” from Hiroshima, Before Reading Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 735 ____ Build Vocabulary: Greek and Latin Roots, Meeting the Standards Unit 6, pp. 35–36 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 736–747 ____ History Connection: The U.S.S. Indianapolis, SE/ATE, p. 748 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 737 ____ Learning Styles: Kinesthetic, ATE, p. 738 ____ Enrichment, ATE, p. 742 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 749–750 ____ Analyze Literature: Purpose and Structure, Meeting the Standards Unit 6, pp. 37–38 ____ Commas, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 194–197 © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 187 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 6 187 7/9/09 10:47:39 AM Teach the Workshop(s) Select from the following materials to teach the workshop(s): ____ Grammar & Style: Active and Passive Voice, SE/ATE, p. 751 ____ Passive Voice and Active Voice, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 63–65 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 6, p. 39 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 265–268 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® 188 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 188 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 6 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:39 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F The Watch, p. 752 Independent Reading • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Jewish names and terms; background information on Holocaust; personification • Ease Factor: Some descriptive paragraphs; sympathetic main character Pacing • Regular Schedule: 1 day • Block Schedule: 0.5 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • apply reading strategies and skills • analyze literary elements • use context clues to understand unfamiliar vocabulary words • address critical thinking questions • use writing options to assess understanding of the work Before Reading Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 752 ____ Build Vocabulary: Using Context, Meeting the Standards Unit 6, p. 40 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 752–756 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 754 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 756 ____ Analyze Literature: Setting and Mood, Meeting the Standards Unit 6, pp. 41–42 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 6, p. 43 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 269–272 © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 189 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 6 189 7/9/09 10:47:39 AM Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® 190 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 190 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 6 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:39 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F Part 2: Southern Renaissance, p. 757 Understanding Literary Forms: The Short Story, p. 758 The Jilting of Granny Weatherall, p. 760 Directed Reading • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Stream-ofconsciousness style • Ease Factor: Vocabulary Pacing • Regular Schedule: 2 days • Block Schedule: 1 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate a short story • identify the elements of the Southern Gothic tradition in the work • analyze and understand point of view and stream-of-consciousness writing • develop writing and other language arts skills as specified in the Unit 6 Scope & Sequence Planning Guide Before Reading Teach the Feature(s) Select from the following resources to teach the feature(s): ____ Part 2: Southern Renaissance, SE/ATE, p. 757 ____ Depression and World War II Study Guide: Understanding Part 2: Southern Renaissance and Applying Part 2: Southern Renaissance, Meeting the Standards Unit 6, pp. 7–8 ____ Depression and World War II Study Guide: Understanding Literary Forms: The Short Story and Applying Literary Forms: The Short Story, Meeting the Standards Unit 6, pp. 9–12 Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 760 ____ Build Vocabulary: Words in Context for Characterization, Meeting the Standards Unit 6, p. 44 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 761–768 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, pp. 762, 764 ____ English Language Learning, ATE, pp. 762, 764 ____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, p. 766 ____ Form Focus Study: Stream-of-Consciousness Writing, Differentiated Instruction for Advanced Students, pp. 31–32 ____ Reading Strategies and Skills Practice: Take Notes, Differentiated Instruction for Developing Readers, pp. 40–42 © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 191 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 6 191 7/9/09 10:47:39 AM After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 769 ____ Analyze Literature: Characterization, Meeting the Standards Unit 6, pp. 45–46 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 6, p. 47 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 273–275 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® 192 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 192 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 6 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:40 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F Author Focus: William Faulkner, p. 770 A Rose for Emily / Nobel Prize Acceptance Speech / Darl, from As I Lay Dying, p. 780 Grammar & Style Workshop: Possessive Nouns and Pronouns, p. 788 Directed Reading “A Rose for Emily” • Reading Level: Challenging • Difficulty Consideration: Unrealistic events; vocabulary; flashbacks; irony; complex relationships between characters; shifts in time • Ease Factor: Compelling narrative and conclusion “Nobel Prize Acceptance Speech” • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Vocabulary • Ease Factor: Length “Darl” from As I Lay Dying • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Vocabulary; multiple points of view • Ease Factor: Length Pacing • Regular Schedule: 4 days • Block Schedule: 2 days Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate two works by Faulkner: the story of a lonely woman whose apparently desperate act signifies the decline of Southern class consciousness, and an excerpt from a novel told from the perspective of one of its narrators • identify common themes and styles in Faulkner’s writing • understand Faulkner’s work as an example of Southern Renaissance literature • analyze and understand setting and conflict • develop writing and other language arts skills as specified in the Unit 6 Scope & Sequence Planning Guide Before Reading Teach the Feature(s) Select from the following resources to teach the feature(s): ____ Author Focus: William Faulkner, SE/ATE, p. 770 ____ Author Focus: William Faulkner, Exceeding the Standards: Literature & Reading, pp. 16–17 Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 771 ____ Build Vocabulary: Word Analysis, Meeting the Standards Unit 6, p. 48 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 772–779, 782–785 ____ Art Connection: Georgia O’Keeffe, SE/ATE, p. 777 ____ Literature Connection: “Nobel Prize Acceptance Speech,” SE/ATE, pp. 780–781 ____ Literary Connection: The Nobel Prize, SE/ATE, p. 781 © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 193 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 6 193 7/9/09 10:47:40 AM Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ Learning Styles: Visual, ATE, p. 774 ____ Enrichment, ATE, p. 775 ____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 780 ____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 784 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 786–787 ____ Analyze Literature: Point of View, Meeting the Standards Unit 6, pp. 49–50 ____ Critical Literacy: Interview the Author, Exceeding the Standards: Extension Activities, p. 14 Teach the Workshop(s) Select from the following materials to teach the workshop(s): ____ Grammar & Style: Possessive Nouns and Pronouns, SE/ATE, p. 788 ____ Language Arts Handbook Section 3.3, Nouns, SE/ATE, p. 1320 ____ Language Arts Handbook Section 3.4, Pronouns, SE/ATE, pp. 1321–1322 ____ Possessive and Collective Nouns, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 22–26 ____ Pronoun Cases: The Nominative Case, the Objective Case, and the Possessive Case, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 34–38 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 6, p. 51 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 276–278 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® 194 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 194 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 6 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:40 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F The Son, p. 789 Independent Reading • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Unfamiliar names, terms; irony of situation; dramatic conclusion; foreshadowing • Ease Factor: Suspense; dialogue; sympathetic character Pacing • Regular Schedule: 1 day • Block Schedule: 0.5 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • apply reading strategies and skills • analyze literary elements • use context clues to understand unfamiliar vocabulary words • address critical thinking questions • use writing options to assess understanding of the text Before Reading Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 789 ____ Build Vocabulary: Verbs and the Suffix -ion, Meeting the Standards Unit 6, p. 52 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 789–793 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ Learning Styles: Kinesthetic, ATE, p. 791 ____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 792 ____ Literature of the Americas Study: Comparing “The Son” and Poe’s “The Tell-Tale Heart,” Differentiated Instruction for Advanced Students, p. 33 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 793 ____ Analyze Literature: Plot Structure, Meeting the Standards Unit 6, p. 53 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 6, p. 54 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 279–281 © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 195 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 6 195 7/9/09 10:47:40 AM Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® 196 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 196 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 6 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:40 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F A Worn Path / Is Phoenix Jackson’s Grandson Really Dead? p. 794 Vocabulary & Spelling Workshop: Contractions, p. 807 Directed Reading “A Worn Path” • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Dialect; chronology • Ease Factor: Length “Is Phoenix Jackson’s Grandson Really Dead?” • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Challenging sentence structure; style • Ease Factor: Length Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate a short story by Eudora Welty • identify the selection as Southern Renaissance fiction • analyze and understand character and archetype • develop writing and other language arts skills as specified in the Unit 6 Scope & Sequence Planning Guide Pacing • Regular Schedule: 2 days • Block Schedule: 1 day Before Reading Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 794 ____ Build Vocabulary: Meaning from Context, Meeting the Standards Unit 6, p. 55 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 795–801 ____ Primary Source Connection: “Is Phoenix Jackson’s Grandson Really Dead?” SE/ATE, pp. 802–804 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 796 ____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, p. 799 ____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 803 ____ Primary Source Project: The Natchez Trace, Differentiated Instruction for Advanced Students, p. 34 © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 197 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 6 197 7/9/09 10:47:40 AM After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 805–806 ____ Analyze Literature: Symbols, Meeting the Standards Unit 6, pp. 56–57 ____ Media Literacy: Research the Author, Exceeding the Standards: Extension Activities, pp. 15–16 Teach the Workshop(s) Select from the following materials to teach the workshop(s): ____ Vocabulary & Spelling: Contractions, SE/ATE, p. 807 ____ Contractions, Exceeding the Standards: Vocabulary & Spelling, pp. 43–44 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 6, p. 58 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 282–284 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® 198 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 198 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 6 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:40 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F Portrait of a Girl in Glass, p. 808 Vocabulary & Spelling Workshop: Colloquial Language, p. 817 Independent Reading • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Background information on the drama The Glass Menagerie; complex relations between characters; vocabulary • Ease Factor: Length Pacing • Regular Schedule: 2 days • Block Schedule: 1 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • apply reading strategies and skills • analyze literary elements • use context clues to understand unfamiliar vocabulary words • address critical thinking questions • use writing options to assess understanding of the text Before Reading Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 808 ____ Build Vocabulary: Denotation and Connotation, Meeting the Standards Unit 6, p. 59 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 808–816 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 810 ____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, p. 813 ____ Learning Styles: Visual, ATE, p. 814 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 816 ____ Analyze Literature: Theme, Meeting the Standards Unit 6, pp. 60–61 ____ End Marks, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 188–193 Teach the Workshop(s) Select from the following materials to teach the workshop(s): ____ Vocabulary & Spelling: Colloquial Language, SE/ATE, p. 817 ____ Colloquial Language, Exceeding the Standards: Vocabulary & Spelling, pp. 62–63 © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 199 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 6 199 7/9/09 10:47:41 AM Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 6, p. 62 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 285–287 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 199–200 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® 200 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 200 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 6 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:41 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F Speaking & Listening Workshop: Deliver a How-To Presentation, p. 819 Pacing • Regular Schedule: 2 days • Block Schedule: 1 day Objectives Participating in this lesson will help enable students to • deliver a how-to presentation that contains a topic of interest to listeners • deliver a how-to presentation that avoids complicated steps and dangerous equipment • deliver a how-to presentation that is organized into logical steps • deliver a how-to presentation by handling notes and visual aids effectively • deliver a how-to presentation by arranging the setting appropriately • deliver a how-to presentation by monitoring audience’s grasp of the material Teach the Workshop Select from the following resources to teach the workshop: ____ Speaking & Listening Workshop: Deliver a How-to Presentation, SE/ATE, p. 819 ____ Language Arts Handbook Section 7.1, Verbal and Nonverbal Communication, SE/ATE, p. 1353 ____ Language Arts Handbook Section 7.4, Asking and Answering Questions, SE/ATE, pp. 1354–1355 ____ Language Arts Handbook Section 7.6, Public Speaking, SE/ATE, pp. 1356–1357 ____ Language Arts Handbook Section 7.10, Preparing a Multimedia Presentation, SE/ATE, p. 1359 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 819 Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ Deliver a How-To Presentation, Exceeding the Standards: Speaking & Listening, pp. 17–18 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 201 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 6 201 7/9/09 10:47:41 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F Writing Workshop: Expository Writing: Create a Multimedia Presentation, p. 820 Pacing • Regular Schedule: 3 days • Block Schedule: 1.5 days Objectives Participating in this lesson will help enable students to • deliver a multimedia presentation • prepare an intriguing introduction presenting the topic • create a body providing information and building interest • provide a conclusion bringing the presentation to a satisfying close • draft, revise, and proofread their multimedia presentation Teach the Workshop Select from the following resources to teach the workshop: ____ Writing Workshop: Expository Writing—Create a Multimedia Presentation, SE/ATE, pp. 820–821 ____ Language Arts Handbook Section 4.1, The Writing Process, SE/ATE, pp. 1335–1340 ____ Language Arts Handbook Section 4.2, Modes and Purposes of Writing, SE/ATE, p. 1340 Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ Narrative Writing: Summarize a Historical Event, Exceeding the Standards: Writing, pp. 67–81 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® 202 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 202 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 6 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:41 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F Test Practice Workshop, p. 822 Pacing • Regular Schedule: 1 day • Block Schedule: 0.5 day Objectives Participating in this lesson will help enable students to • compare and contrast characters in a literary work • prewrite, write, and revise a reflective essay in response to a prompt • read and revise a passage for errors in organization, grammar, spelling, punctuation, and capitalization Teach the Workshop Select from the following resources to teach the workshop: ____ Reading Skills: Compare and Contrast Characters, SE/ATE, pp. 822–823 ____ Writing Skills: Address Alternate Viewpoints, SE/ATE, p. 824 ____ Revising and Editing Skills, SE/ATE, p. 825 ____ Language Arts Handbook Section 8.1, Preparing for Tests, SE/ATE, p. 1360 ____ Language Arts Handbook Section 8.2, Strategies for Taking Standardized Tests, SE/ATE, p. 1360 ____ Language Arts Handbook Section 8.4, Answering Multiple-Choice Questions, SE/ATE, p. 1361 ____ Language Arts Handbook Section 8.5, Answering Reading Comprehension Questions, SE/ATE, p. 1361 ____ Language Arts Handbook Section 8.8, Answering Constructed-Response Questions, SE/ATE, p. 1362 ____ Language Arts Handbook Section 8.9, Answering Essay Questions, SE/ATE, pp. 1362–1363 ____ Test-Taking Skills and Strategies, Exceeding the Standards: Test Practice, pp. 1–2 Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ Depression and World War II Study Guide: Practice Test, Meeting the Standards Unit 6, pp. 13–16 ____ English Grammar Practice Test: Revising and Editing, Exceeding the Standards: Test Practice, pp. 16–17 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 203 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 6 203 7/9/09 10:47:41 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F Unit 7 Postwar Era Opener, p. 826 Pacing • Regular Schedule: 1 day • Block Schedule: 0.5 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • understand the impact of historical, social, and political elements on the literature of the postwar era (1945–1960) • understand themes of conflict and conformity and identify the characteristics of the Beat movement Plan the Unit Use the following resources to plan instruction for this unit: ____ Unit 7 Visual Planning Guide: Unit-Based Resources, ATE, pp. 826A–826B ____ Unit 7 Visual Planning Guide: Lesson-by-Lesson Resources, ATE, pp. 826C–826F ____ Unit 7 Scope & Sequence Guide, ATE, pp. 826E–826J ____ Unit 7 Building Vocabulary, ATE, pp. 826K–826N ____ Launch the Unit, ATE, p. 826 Teach the Unit Opener Choose from the following resources to teach the unit opener: ____ Unit 7 Overview, SE/ATE, pp. 826–827 ____ Timeline: Postwar Era: 1945–1960, SE/ATE, pp. 828–829 ____ Historical Introduction: Postwar Era: 1945–1960, SE/ATE, pp. 830–832 ____ Postwar Era Study Guide: Introduction, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, p. 1 ____ Postwar Era Study Guide: Historical Context, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, pp. 2–3 ____ Postwar Era Study Guide: Master Vocabulary List, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, p. 17 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 831 ____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 831 Extend the Unit Choose from the following resources to extend the unit: ____ For Your Reading List, SE/ATE, p. 1008 ____ Unit 7, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 198–227 ____ Media Literacy: Website Communication, Exceeding the Standards: Special Topics, pp. 23–25 ____ Successful Lifelong Learning 2, Exceeding the Standards: Special Topics, pp. 25–26 ____ Unit 7, Exceeding the Standards: Vocabulary & Spelling, pp. 49–59 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Formative Surveys 1 and 2, Assessment Guide, pp. 3–28 ____ Reading Fluency Assessments, Passages 13 and 14, Assessment Guide, pp. 489–490 ____ Unit 7 Exam, Assessment Guide, pp. 454–458 204 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 204 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 7 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:42 AM Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 205 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 7 205 7/9/09 10:47:42 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F Part 1: Real Life, p. 833 The Life You Save May Be Your Own, p. 834 Directed Reading • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Dialect • Ease Factor: Style Pacing • Regular Schedule: 2 days • Block Schedule: 1 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate a short story about good and evil • understand the influence of Southern Gothic on this literature • analyze and understand characterization and dialect • develop writing and other language arts skills as specified in the Unit 7 Scope & Sequence Planning Guide Before Reading Teach the Feature(s) Select from the following resources to teach the feature(s): ____ Part 1: Real Life, SE/ATE, p. 833 ____ Postwar Era Study Guide: Understanding Part 1: Real Life and Applying Part 1: Real Life, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, pp. 4–5 Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 834 ____ Build Vocabulary: Context and Part of Speech, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, pp. 19–20 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 835–843 ____ Analyze Literature: Theme, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, pp. 21–23 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 836 ____ Learning Styles: Visual, ATE, p. 838 ____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, p. 838 ____ Enrichment, ATE, p. 840 ____ Reading Strategies and Skills Practice: Make Predictions, Differentiated Instruction for Developing Readers, pp. 43–45 206 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 206 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 7 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:42 AM After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 844–845 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, p. 23 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 288–290 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 207 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 7 207 7/9/09 10:47:42 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F The Magic Barrel, p. 846 Grammar & Style Workshop: Hyphens, Ellipses, and Italics, p. 861 Directed Reading • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Vocabulary and footnotes • Ease Factor: Vivid images Pacing • Regular Schedule: 2 days • Block Schedule: 1 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate a short story about a marriage broker • understand how attitudes about marriage during the postwar era might have influenced the story • analyze and understand motivation and antihero • develop writing and other language arts skills as specified in the Unit 7 Scope & Sequence Planning Guide Before Reading Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 846 ____ Build Vocabulary: Suffix -ly and Adjective-Adverb Use, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, p. 24 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 847–843 ____ Art Connection: Marc Chagall, SE/ATE, p. 849 ____ Build Background: Matchmakers, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, p. 25 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ Learning Styles: Visual, ATE, pp. 848, 858 ____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 849 ____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, p. 850 ____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, pp. 851, 852, 856 ____ Enrichment, ATE, p. 852 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 860 ____ Analyze Literature: Dialect, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, p. 26 ____ Ellipsis Points and Italics, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 205–209 208 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 208 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 7 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:42 AM Teach the Workshop(s) Select from the following materials to teach the workshop(s): ____ Grammar & Style: Hyphens, Ellipses, and Italics, SE/ATE, p. 861 ____ Language Arts Handbook Section 3.12, Punctuation, SE/ATE, pp. 1329–1334 ____ Ellipsis Points and Italics, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 205–209 ____ Hyphens and Dashes, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 215–218 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, p. 27 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 291–293 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 209 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 7 209 7/9/09 10:47:42 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F Elegy for Jane, p. 863 Directed Reading • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Unfamiliar subject • Ease Factor: Length Pacing • Regular Schedule: 1 day • Block Schedule: 0.5 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate an elegy in which the speaker describes a student who has died • understand how ideas of loss in the postwar era may have influenced the literature • analyze and understand elegy and imagery • develop writing and other language arts skills as specified in the Unit 7 Scope & Sequence Planning Guide Before Reading Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 862 ____ Build Vocabulary: Homonyms, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, p. 28 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, p. 863 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 864 ____ Analyze Literature: Diction, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, p. 29 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, p. 30 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 294–295 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® 210 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 210 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 7 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:42 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F One Art, p. 865 Directed Reading • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Abstract concepts; ideas don’t end at line breaks • Ease Factor: Length Pacing • Regular Schedule: 1 day • Block Schedule: 0.5 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate a villanelle about loss • understand how ideas about loss in the postwar era may have influenced the literature • analyze and understand tone and rhyme scheme • develop writing and other language arts skills as specified in the Unit 7 Scope & Sequence Planning Guide Before Reading Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 865 ____ Build Vocabulary: Eponyms, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, p. 31 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, p. 866 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 867 ____ Analyze Literature: Meter, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, p. 32 ____ Lifelong Learning: Make a Villanelle Collection, Exceeding the Standards: Extension Activities, p. 17 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, p. 33 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 296–297 © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 211 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 7 211 7/9/09 10:47:43 AM Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® 212 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 212 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 7 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:43 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F Farewell to a Traveler, p. 868 Independent Reading • Reading Level: Challenging • Difficulty Consideration: Abstract concepts; background information; more description than action • Ease Factor: Repetition Pacing • Regular Schedule: 1 day • Block Schedule: 0.5 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • apply reading strategies and skills • analyze literary elements • use context clues to understand unfamiliar vocabulary • address critical thinking questions • use writing options to assess understanding of the text Before Reading Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 868 ____ Build Vocabulary: Prefixes de-, en-/em-, pro-, re-, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, p. 34 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 868–870 ____ Build Background: Nobel Prize for Literature, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, p. 35 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ Literature of the Americas Project: Gabriela Mistral and Pablo Neruda, Differentiated Instruction for Advanced Students, p. 35 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 870 ____ Analyze Literature: Figurative Language, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, p. 36 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, p. 37 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 298–299 © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 213 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 7 213 7/9/09 10:47:43 AM Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® 214 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 214 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 7 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:43 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F Once More to the Lake, p. 871 Independent Reading • Reading Level: Easy • Difficulty Consideration: Symbolism; dual personality • Ease Factor: Humor; language; familiar elements Pacing • Regular Schedule: 1 day • Block Schedule: 0.5 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • apply reading strategies and skills • analyze literary elements • use context clues to understand unfamiliar vocabulary • address critical thinking questions • use writing options to assess understanding of the text Before Reading Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 871 ____ Build Vocabulary: Context, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, p. 38 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 871–876 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 876 ____ Analyze Literature: Description and Imagery, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, pp. 39–40 ____ Descriptive Writing: Write a Personal Essay, Exceeding the Standards: Writing, pp. 82–96 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, p. 41 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 300–302 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 215 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 7 215 7/9/09 10:47:43 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F Part 2: Conflict and Conformity, p. 877 Understanding Literary Forms: The Drama, p. 878 Author Focus: Arthur Miller, p. 880 The Crucible, Act I / from Why I Wrote “The Crucible”: An Artist’s Answer to Politics, p. 881 Directed Reading The Crucible, Act 1 • Reading Level: Challenging • Difficulty Consideration: Prose and drama formats; stage directions; historical context • Ease Factor: Dialogue is in short chunks from “Why I Wrote ‘The Crucible’: An Artist’s Answer to Politics” • Reading Level: Challenging • Difficulty Consideration: Vocabulary; complex relationship between characters/ events; historical context; allusions • Ease Factor: Realism Pacing • Regular Schedule: 2 days • Block Schedule: 1 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate Act 1 of a drama about witch-hunts • understand how the Red scare affected this literature • analyze and understand stage directions and dialogue • develop writing and other language arts skills as specified in the Unit 7 Scope & Sequence Planning Guide Before Reading Teach the Feature(s) Select from the following resources to teach the feature(s): ____ ____ ____ ____ ____ Part 2: Conflict and Conformity, SE/ATE, p. 877 Understanding Literary Forms: The Drama, SE/ATE, pp. 878–879 Author Focus: Arthur Miller, SE/ATE, p. 880 Postwar Era Study Guide: Understanding Part 2: Conflict and Conformity and Applying Part 2: Conflict and Conformity, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, pp. 6–7 Postwar Era Study Guide: Understanding Literary Forms: The Drama and Applying Literary Forms: The Drama, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, pp. 8–10 Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 881 ____ Build Vocabulary: Latin Roots, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, p. 42 216 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 216 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 7 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:44 AM During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 882–907 ____ Primary Source Connection: “Why I Wrote ‘The Crucible’: An Artist’s Answer to Politics,” SE/ATE, pp. 908–912 ____ Political Connection: Blacklisting in Hollywood, SE/ATE, p. 912 ____ Build Background: McCarthyism, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, p. 43 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, pp. 884, 897, 899, 900, 909 ____ Enrichment, ATE, pp. 886, 890, 898, 900, 909 ____ English Language Learning, ATE, pp. 887, 894, 903, 905 ____ Learning Styles: Visual, ATE, p. 888 ____ Learning Styles: Kinesthetic, ATE, pp. 888, 892, 902 ____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, pp. 891, 896, 907 ____ Reading Strategies and Skills Practice: Take Notes, Differentiated Instruction for Developing Readers, pp. 46–49 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 913 ____ Analyze Literature: Character, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, p. 44 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, p. 45 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 303–305 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 217 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 7 217 7/9/09 10:47:44 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F The Crucible, Act 2, p. 914 Directed Reading • Reading Level: Challenging • Difficulty Consideration: Drama format; historical context; allusions • Ease Factor: Familiar characters and style from Act 1 Pacing • Regular Schedule: 1 day • Block Schedule: 0.5 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate Act 2 of a drama about witch-hunts • understand how ideas about communism during the postwar era influenced this literature • analyze and understand characterization and allusion • develop writing and other language arts skills as specified in the Unit 7 Scope & Sequence Planning Guide Before Reading Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 914 ____ Build Vocabulary: Context, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, p. 46 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 915–931 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ Learning Styles: Visual, ATE, pp. 916, 920, 924 ____ English Language Learning, ATE, pp. 917, 918, 926, 927 ____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, pp. 918, 929 ____ Learning Styles: Kinesthetic, ATE, p. 920 ____ Enrichment, ATE, pp. 923, 925, 927 ____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, pp. 928, 930 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 932 ____ Analyze Literature: Conflict, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, pp. 47–48 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, p. 49 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 303–305 218 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 218 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 7 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:44 AM Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 219 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 7 219 7/9/09 10:47:44 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F The Crucible, Act 3 / Senate Hearings: McCarthy-Welch Exchange: “Have You No Sense of Decency?” p. 933 Directed Reading “The Crucible, Act 3” • Reading Level: Challenging • Difficulty Consideration: Drama format; historical context; irony • Ease Factor: Familiar characters and style from previous acts; short chunks of speech Senate Hearings: McCarthy-Welch Exchange: “Have You No Sense of Decency?” • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Background information; vocabulary; formal style; complex relationships • Ease Factor: Dialogue Pacing • Regular Schedule: 2 days • Block Schedule: 1 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate Act 3 of a drama about witch-hunts • understand how McCarthyism influenced this literature • analyze and understand irony and mood • develop writing and other language arts skills as specified in the Unit 7 Scope & Sequence Planning Guide Before Reading Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 933 ____ Build Vocabulary: Related Words, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, p. 50 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 934–952 ____ Informational Text Connection: Senate Hearings: McCarthy-Welch Exchange: “Have You No Sense of Decency?” SE/ATE, pp. 953–955 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ English Language Learning, ATE, pp. 936, 943, 944, 948, 950 ____ Learning Styles: Visual, ATE, pp. 937, 942, 946 ____ Enrichment, ATE, pp. 938, 940, 945 ____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, pp. 941, 954 ____ Learning Styles: Kinesthetic, ATE, pp. 942, 949 ____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, pp. 943, 948, 950, 952 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 956 ____ Analyze Literature: Climax, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, p. 51 220 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 220 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 7 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:44 AM Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, p. 52 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 309–311 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 221 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 7 221 7/9/09 10:47:44 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F The Crucible, Act 4, p. 957 Understanding Literary Criticism: Political Criticism, p. 972 Grammar & Style Workshop: Capitalization, p. 975 Directed Reading • Reading Level: Challenging • Difficulty Consideration: Drama format; historical context • Ease Factor: Familiar characters and style; dialogue Pacing • Regular Schedule: 2 days • Block Schedule: 1 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate Act 4 of a drama about witch-hunts • understand how historical context influenced the literature • analyze and understand theme • develop writing and other language arts skills as specified in the Unit 7 Scope & Sequence Planning Guide Before Reading Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 957 ____ Build Vocabulary: Greek Etymology, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, p. 53 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 958–970 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ English Language Learning, ATE, pp. 959, 966 ____ Learning Styles: Kinesthetic, ATE, p. 960 ____ Learning Styles: Visual, ATE, pp. 960, 964 ____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 962 ____ Enrichment, ATE, pp. 962, 965, 968 ____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, p. 969 ____ Literary Criticism Activity: The Crucible: Literary Masterpiece or Social Statement? Differentiated Instruction for Advanced Students, p. 36 ____ Summarize, Differentiated Instruction for English Language Learners, pp. 181–190 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 971, 974 ____ Analyze Literature: Tragedy and Tragic Hero, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, pp. 54–55 222 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 222 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 7 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:44 AM Teach the Feature(s) Select from the following resources to teach the feature(s): ____ Understanding Literary Criticism: Political Criticism, SE/ATE, pp. 972–973 ____ Differentiated Instruction: Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 973 ____ Differentiated Instruction: English Language Learning, ATE, p. 973 ____ Differentiated Instruction: Enrichment, ATE, p. 973 ____ Understanding Literary Criticism: Political Criticism, Exceeding the Standards: Literature & Reading, pp. 18–20 Teach the Workshop(s) Select from the following materials to teach the workshop(s): ____ Grammar & Style: Capitalization, SE/ATE, p. 975 ____ Proper Nouns and Proper Adjectives, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 219–222 ____ I and First Words, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 223–225 ____ Family Relationships and Titles of Persons, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 226–227 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, p. 56 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 312–314 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 223 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 7 223 7/9/09 10:47:45 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F from Black Boy, p. 977 Directed Reading • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Vocabulary • Ease Factor: Length Pacing • Regular Schedule: 1 day • Block Schedule: 0.5 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate an excerpt about a love of stories from an autobiography • analyze and understand purpose and theme • develop writing and other language arts skills as specified in the Unit 7 Scope & Sequence Planning Guide Before Reading Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 976 ____ Build Vocabulary: Word Building with Suffixes, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, pp. 57–58 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 977–978 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 978 ____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 978 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 979 ____ Analyze Literature: Mood and Tone, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, p. 59 ____ Media Literacy: Create a Public Service Announcement, Exceeding the Standards: Extension Activities, pp. 18–19 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, p. 60 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 315–317 224 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 224 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 7 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:45 AM Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 225 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 7 225 7/9/09 10:47:45 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F Midway / U.S. Supreme Court Decision: Brown v. Board of Education of Topeka, p. 980 Directed Reading “Midway” • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Abstract concepts; background information • Ease Factor: Rhyme; length U.S. Supreme Court Decision: Brown v. Board of Education of Topeka • Reading Level: Moderate to challenging • Difficulty Consideration: Vocabulary; formal style; background information • Ease Factor: Length Pacing • Regular Schedule: 2 days • Block Schedule: 1 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate a poem about the struggle for civil rights • understand how race relations in the postwar era influenced this literature • analyze and understand tone, rhythm, and meter • develop writing and other language arts skills as specified in the Unit 7 Scope & Sequence Planning Guide Before Reading Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 980 ____ Build Vocabulary: Semantic Families, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, p. 61 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, p. 981 ____ Informational Text Connection: U.S. Supreme Court Decision: Brown v. Board of Education of Topeka, SE/ATE, pp. 982–983 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, pp. 983 ____ Informational Text Activity: Civil Rights Time Line, Differentiated Instruction for Advanced Students, p. 37 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 984 ____ Analyze Literature: Rhyme and Other Sound Devices, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, pp. 62–63 226 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 226 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 7 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:45 AM Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, p. 64 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 318–319 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 227 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 7 227 7/9/09 10:47:45 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F from Quiet Strength, p. 985 Independent Reading • Reading Level: Easy • Difficulty Consideration: Background information; some vocabulary • Ease Factor: Sympathetic main character; clear purpose and theme Pacing • Regular Schedule: 1 day • Block Schedule: 0.5 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • apply reading strategies and skills • analyze literary elements • use context clues to understand unfamiliar vocabulary • address critical thinking questions • use writing options to assess understanding of the text Before Reading Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 985 ____ Build Vocabulary: Words with Roots in Common, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, p. 65 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 985–988 ____ Build Background: Rosa Parks, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, p. 66 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 987 ____ Enrichment, ATE, p. 987 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 988 ____ Analyze Literature: Autobiography, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, p. 67 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, p. 68 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 320–322 228 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 228 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 7 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:45 AM Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 229 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 7 229 7/9/09 10:47:45 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F Part 3: The Beat Movement, p. 989 from On the Road, p. 990 Vocabulary & Spelling Workshop: Compound Words, p. 994 Directed Reading • Reading Level: Easy • Difficulty Consideration: Symbolism; background information; more information than action • Ease Factor: Informal tone; first-person point of view Pacing • Regular Schedule: 1 day • Block Schedule: 0.5 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate a novel excerpt about a journey • understand how the Beat movement influenced the literature • analyze and understand narrator and diction • develop writing and other language arts skills as specified in the Unit 7 Scope & Sequence Planning Guide Before Reading Teach the Feature(s) Select from the following resources to teach the feature(s): ____ Part 3: The Beat Movement, SE/ATE, p. 989 ____ Postwar Era Study Guide: Understanding Part 3: The Beat Movement and Applying Part 3: The Beat Movement, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, pp. 11–12 Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 990 ____ Build Vocabulary: Beat Slang and New Uses for Familiar Words, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, p. 69 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 991–992 ____ Build Background: The Beat Generation, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, p. 70 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ Learning Styles: Visual, ATE, p. 991 ____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 992 ____ Narrative Writing Assignment: Story in Motion, Differentiated Instruction for Advanced Students, pp. 38–39 230 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 230 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 7 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:46 AM After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 993 ____ Analyze Literature: Style, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, pp. 71–72 ____ Proper Nouns and Proper Adjectives, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 219–222 Teach the Workshop(s) Select from the following materials to teach the workshop(s): ____ Vocabulary & Spelling: Compound Words, SE/ATE, p. 994 ____ Compound Words, Exceeding the Standards: Vocabulary & Spelling, pp. 19–20 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, p. 73 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 323–325 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 231 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 7 231 7/9/09 10:47:46 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F A Supermarket in California, p. 995 Vocabulary & Spelling Workshop: Borrowed Words, p. 999 Directed Reading • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Background information; allusions; abstract concepts • Ease Factor: Length Pacing • Regular Schedule: 1 day • Block Schedule: 0.5 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate a freeverse poem about an imagined meeting in a suburban grocery • understand how the Beat movement influenced the literature • analyze and understand free verse and allusion • develop writing and other language arts skills as specified in the Unit 7 Scope & Sequence Planning Guide Before Reading Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 995 ____ Build Vocabulary: History, Meaning, and Connotation, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, p. 74 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 996–997 ____ Build Background: City Lights, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, p. 75 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 997 ____ Enrichment, ATE, p. 997 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 998 ____ Analyze Literature: Imagery and Theme, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, pp. 76–77 Teach the Workshop(s) Select from the following materials to teach the workshop(s): ____ Vocabulary & Spelling: Borrowed Words, SE/ATE, p. 999 ____ Language Arts Handbook Section 2.3, Using a Dictionary, SE/ATE, p. 1313 ____ Borrowed Words, Exceeding the Standards: Vocabulary & Spelling, pp. 49–51 232 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 232 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 7 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:46 AM Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, p. 78 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 326–327 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 233 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 7 233 7/9/09 10:47:46 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F Riprap / Pine Tree Tops, p. 1000 Directed Reading “Riprap” • Reading Level: Challenging • Difficulty Consideration: Abstract concepts; ideas don’t end at line breaks • Ease Factor: Short lines “Pine Tree Tops” • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Abstract concepts; ideas don’t end at line breaks • Ease Factor: Length; colorful imagery Pacing • Regular Schedule: 1 day • Block Schedule: 0.5 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate two poems that use vivid natural imagery • understand how the Beat movement influenced the literature • analyze and understand concrete language and abstract language • develop writing and other language arts skills as specified in the Unit 7 Scope & Sequence Planning Guide Before Reading Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1000 ____ Build Vocabulary: Rock-Related Words, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, p. 79 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 1001–1002 ____ Build Background: Zen Buddhism, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, p. 80 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 1002 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 1003–1004 ____ Analyze Literature: Structure, Figurative Language, and Theme, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, pp. 81–82 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, p. 83 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 328–329 234 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 234 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 7 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:46 AM Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 235 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 7 235 7/9/09 10:47:46 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F Constantly risking absurdity, p. 1005 Independent Reading • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Lack of punctuation; alternative spellings and unusual phrases • Ease Factor: Length Pacing • Regular Schedule: 1 day • Block Schedule: 0.5 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • apply reading strategies and skills • analyze literary elements • use context clues to understand unfamiliar vocabulary • address critical thinking questions • use writing options to assess understanding of the text Before Reading Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1005 ____ Build Vocabulary: Coined Words, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, p. 84 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 1005–1006 ____ Literary Connection: City Lights Publishing and Bookstore, SE/ATE, p. 1007 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 1006 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1007 ____ Analyze Literature: Extended Metaphor, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, p. 85 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, p. 86 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 330–331 236 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 236 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 7 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:47 AM Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 237 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 7 237 7/9/09 10:47:47 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F Speaking & Listening Workshop: Develop Nonverbal Communication Skills, p. 1009 Pacing • Regular Schedule: 2 days • Block Schedule: 1 day Objectives Participating in this lesson will help enable students to • develop nonverbal communication skills including avoidance, as a listener, of nonverbal messages that distract or insult the speaker • develop nonverbal communication skills including awareness, as the speaker, of the impact of body language, such as hand gestures and facial expressions, on the audience Teach the Workshop Select from the following resources to teach the workshop: ____ Speaking & Listening Workshop: Develop Nonverbal Communication Skills, SE/ATE, p. 1009 ____ Language Arts Handbook Section 7.1, Verbal and Nonverbal Communication, SE/ATE, p. 1353 ____ Language Arts Handbook Section 7.2, Listening Skills, SE/ATE, pp. 1353–1354 ____ Language Arts Handbook Section 7.3, Collaborative Learning and Communication, SE/ATE, p. 1354 Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ Develop Nonverbal Communication Skills, Exceeding the Standards: Speaking & Listening, pp. 19–20 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® 238 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 238 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 7 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:47 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F Writing Workshop: Persuasive Writing—Review a Film or Play, p. 1010 Pacing • Regular Schedule: 3 days • Block Schedule: 1.5 days Objectives Participating in this lesson will help enable students to • write a review of a film or play that has an introduction providing background • write a review of a film or play that has a thesis statement stating the reviewer’s stance • write a review of a film or play that has a body presenting support, with details from the movie or play • write a review of a film or play that has a conclusion restating the writer’s recommendation Teach the Workshop Select from the following resources to teach the workshop: ____ Writing Workshop: Persuasive Writing—Review a Film or Play, SE/ATE, pp. 1010–1015 ____ Language Arts Handbook Section 4.1, The Writing Process, SE/ATE, pp. 1335–1340 ____ Language Arts Handbook Section 4.2, Modes and Purposes of Writing, SE/ATE, p. 1340 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, pp. 1012, 1013 ____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 1012 ____ Enrichment, ATE, pp. 1012, 1013 Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ Descriptive Writing: Write a Personal Essay, Exceeding the Standards: Writing, pp. 82–96 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 239 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 7 239 7/9/09 10:47:47 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F Test Practice Workshop Pacing • Regular Schedule: 1 day • Block Schedule: 0.5 day Objectives Participating in this lesson will help enable students to • evaluate point of view in a literary work • stay on task while writing an essay • read and revise a passage for errors in organization, grammar, spelling, punctuation, and capitalization Teach the Workshop Select from the following resources to teach the workshop: ____ Reading Skills: Evaluate Point of View, SE/ATE, pp. 1016–1017 ____ Writing Skills: Stay on Task, SE/ATE, p. 1018 ____ Revising and Editing Skills, SE/ATE, p. 1019 ____ Language Arts Handbook Section 8.1, Preparing for Tests, SE/ATE, p. 1360 ____ Language Arts Handbook Section 8.2, Strategies for Taking Standardized Tests, SE/ATE, p. 1360 ____ Language Arts Handbook Section 8.4, Answering Multiple-Choice Questions, SE/ATE, p. 1361 ____ Language Arts Handbook Section 8.5, Answering Reading Comprehension Questions, SE/ATE, p. 1361 ____ Language Arts Handbook Section 8.8, Answering Constructed-Response Questions, SE/ATE, p. 1362 ____ Language Arts Handbook Section 8.9, Answering Essay Questions, SE/ATE, pp. 1362–1363 ____ Test-Taking Skills and Strategies, Exceeding the Standards: Test Practice, pp. 1–2 Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ Postwar Era Study Guide: Practice Test, Meeting the Standards Unit 7, pp. 13–16 ____ Writing Practice Test: Timed Writing, Exceeding the Standards: Test Practice, p. 18 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® 240 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 240 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 7 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:47 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F Unit 8 Early Contemporary Era Opener, p. 1020 Pacing • Regular Schedule: 1 day • Block Schedule: 0.5 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • understand the impact of historical, social, and political elements on the literature of the early contemporary era (1960–1980) • identify the characteristics of literature that emerged during a period of global tension, including the Cold War and the Vietnam War; reflected the struggle to achieve equal rights for all Americans; and gave voice to the Confessional poets Plan the Unit Use the following resources to plan instruction for this unit: ____ Unit 8 Visual Planning Guide: Unit-Based Resources, ATE, pp. 1020A–1020B ____ Unit 8 Visual Planning Guide: Lesson-by-Lesson Resources, ATE, pp. 1020C–1020F ____ Unit 8 Scope & Sequence Guide, ATE, pp. 1020G–1020L ____ Unit 8 Building Vocabulary, ATE, pp. 1020K–1020N ____ Launch the Unit, ATE, p. 1020 Teach the Unit Opener Choose from the following resources to teach the unit opener: ____ Unit 8 Overview, SE/ATE, pp. 1020–1021 ____ Timeline: Early Contemporary Era: 1960–1980, SE/ATE, pp. 1022–1023 ____ Historical Introduction: Early Contemporary Era: 1960–1980, SE/ATE, pp. 1024–1026 ____ Early Contemporary Era Study Guide: Introduction, Meeting the Standards Unit 8, p. 1 ____ Early Contemporary Era Study Guide: Historical Context, Meeting the Standards Unit 8, pp. 2–3 ____ Early Contemporary Era Study Guide: Master Vocabulary List, Meeting the Standards Unit 8, p. 17 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ Learning Styles: Kinesthetic, ATE, p. 1025 Extend the Unit Choose from the following resources to extend the unit: ____ For Your Reading List, SE/ATE, p. 1148 ____ Unit 8, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 228–247 ____ Media Literacy: Technology Project 1, Exceeding the Standards: Special Topics, pp. 27–28 ____ Career and Life Portfolio Review, Exceeding the Standards: Special Topics, pp. 29–30 ____ Unit 8, Exceeding the Standards: Vocabulary & Spelling, pp. 60–67 © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 241 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 8 241 7/9/09 10:47:47 AM Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Formative Surveys 1 and 2, Assessment Guide, pp. 3–28 ____ Reading Fluency Assessments, Passages 15 and 16, Assessment Guide, pp. 491–492 ____ Unit 8 Exam, Assessment Guide, pp. 459–462 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® 242 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 242 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 8 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:48 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F Part 1: Global Tension, p. 1027 Inaugural Address, p. 1028 Directed Reading • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Historical context; vocabulary • Ease Factor: Length Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate an inaugural speech • understand the historical context of the speech • analyze and understand purpose and repetition • develop writing and other language arts skills as specified in the Unit 8 Scope & Sequence Planning Guide Pacing • Regular Schedule: 2 days • Block Schedule: 1 day Before Reading Teach the Feature(s) Select from the following resources to teach the feature(s): ____ Part 1: Global Tension, SE/ATE, p. 1027 ____ Early Contemporary Era Study Guide: Understanding Part 1: Global Tension and Applying Part 1: Global Tension, Meeting the Standards Unit 8, pp. 4–5 Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1028 ____ Build Vocabulary: Abstract Nouns and Verbs, Meeting the Standards Unit 8, p. 19 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 1029–1032 ____ History Connection: The Kennedy Assassination, SE/ATE, p. 1030 ____ Build Background: The Kennedy Mystique, Meeting the Standards Unit 8, p. 20 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 1030 ____ Enrichment, ATE, p. 1030 © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 243 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 8 243 7/9/09 10:47:48 AM After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1033 ____ Analyze Literature: Style and Diction, Meeting the Standards Unit 8, p. 21 ____ Collaborative Learning: Design a Commemorative Coin, Exceeding the Standards: Extension Activities, p. 20 ____ Persuasive Writing: Use Rhetorical Devices in a Speech, Exceeding the Standards: Writing, pp. 97–115 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 8, p. 22 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 332–334 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® 244 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 244 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 8 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:48 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F At the Bomb Testing Site / Traveling Through the Dark, p. 1034 Directed Reading “At the Bomb Testing Site” • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Abstract concepts; ideas continuing beyond line breaks • Ease Factor: Length; vocabulary “Traveling Through the Dark” • Reading Level: Easy • Difficulty Consideration: Subtle conflicts; ideas continuing beyond line breaks • Ease Factor: Length; vocabulary Pacing • Regular Schedule: 2 days • Block Schedule: 1 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate two poems by Stafford • analyze and understand mood and diction • develop writing and other language arts skills as specified in the Unit 8 Scope & Sequence Planning Guide Before Reading Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1034 ____ Build Vocabulary: Imaginative Associations from Word Combinations, Meeting the Standards Unit 8, p. 23 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 1035–1036 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 1035 ____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, p. 1036 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1037 ____ Analyze Literature: Title, Imagery, Form, Meeting the Standards Unit 8, pp. 24–25 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 8, p. 26 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 335–336 © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 245 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 8 245 7/9/09 10:47:48 AM Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® 246 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 246 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 8 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:48 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F Ambush, p. 1038 Grammar & Style Workshop: Sensory Details, p. 1045 Directed Reading • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Flashbacks • Ease Factor: Length Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate a short story in which the narrator relives a moment of the Vietnam War • understand the historical context of the story • analyze and understand realism and climax • develop writing and other language arts skills as specified in the Unit 8 Scope & Sequence Planning Guide Pacing • Regular Schedule: 2 days • Block Schedule: 1 day Before Reading Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1038 ____ Build Vocabulary: Military Words, Meeting the Standards Unit 8, p. 27 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 1039–1042 ____ History Connection: Origins of the Vietnam War, SE/ATE, p. 1040 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 1041 ____ Historical Context Project: Post-traumatic Stress Disorder, Differentiated Instruction for Advanced Students, pp. 40–41 ____ Author’s Purpose, Differentiated Instruction for English Language Learners, pp. 191–198 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 1043–1044 ____ Analyze Literature: Setting and Mood, Meeting the Standards Unit 8, pp. 28–29 ____ Varying Sentence Beginnings, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 246–247 Teach the Workshop(s) Select from the following materials to teach the workshop(s): ____ Grammar & Spelling: Sensory Details, SE/ATE, p. 1045 ____ Adding Sensory Details, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 248–249 © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 247 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 8 247 7/9/09 10:47:48 AM Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 8, p. 30 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 337–339 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® 248 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 248 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 8 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:48 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F Camouflaging the Chimera / Monsoon Season, p. 1046 Directed Reading “Camouflaging the Chimera” • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Ideas don’t end at line breaks; similes; imagery • Ease Factor: Short lines “Monsoon Season” • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Background information needed; difficult vocabulary; ideas continue beyond line breaks • Ease Factor: Length; short lines Pacing • Regular Schedule: 2 days • Block Schedule: 1 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate two lyric poems • identify common themes and styles in Komunyakaa’s work • analyze and understand imagery and simile • develop writing and other language arts skills as specified in the Unit 8 Scope & Sequence Planning Guide Before Reading Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1046 ____ Build Vocabulary: Etymology and Meaning, Meeting the Standards Unit 8, p. 31 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 1047–1050 ____ Build Background: Monsoons, Meeting the Standards Unit 8, p. 32 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, p. 1048 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 1051–1052 ____ Analyze Literature: Alliteration and Assonance, Meeting the Standards Unit 8, p. 33 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 8, p. 34 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 340–341 © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 249 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 8 249 7/9/09 10:47:49 AM Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® 250 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 250 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 8 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:49 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F Game, p. 1053 Grammar & Style Workshop: Commas, p. 1058 Independent Reading • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Abstract concepts; background information on jacks; personification; action interrupted by repetition • Ease Factor: Informal tone Pacing • Regular Schedule: 1 day • Block Schedule: 0.5 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • apply reading strategies and skills • analyze literary elements • use context clues to understand unfamiliar vocabulary words • address critical thinking questions • use writing options to assess understanding of the text Before Reading Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1053 ____ Build Vocabulary: Context Clues, Meeting the Standards Unit 8, p. 35 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 1053–1057 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 1055 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1057 ____ Analyze Literature: Style and Theme, Meeting the Standards Unit 8, pp. 36–37 Teach the Workshop(s) Select from the following materials to teach the workshop(s): ____ Grammar & Style: Commas, SE/ATE, p. 1058 ____ Language Arts Handbook Section 3.12, Punctuation, SE/ATE, pp. 1329–1334 ____ Commas, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 194–197 © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 251 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 8 251 7/9/09 10:47:49 AM Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 8, p. 38 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 342–344 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® 252 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 252 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 8 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:49 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F Part 2: Personal Challenges, p. 1059 Letter from Birmingham Jail / Dr. King Arrested at Birmingham, p. 1060 Directed Reading “Letter from Birmingham Jail” • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Formal style; some difficult vocabulary • Ease Factor: Familiarity of subject “Dr. King Arrested at Birmingham” • Reading Level: Easy • Difficulty Consideration: Background information needed • Ease Factor: Short paragraphs and sentences; headings; clear purpose and theme Pacing • Regular Schedule: 2 days • Block Schedule: 1 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate a public letter • understand the historical context of the letter • analyze and understand argument and allusion • develop writing and other language arts skills as specified in the Unit 8 Scope & Sequence Planning Guide Before Reading Teach the Feature(s) Select from the following resources to teach the feature(s): ____ Part 2: Personal Challenges, SE/ATE, p. 1059 ____ Early Contemporary Era Study Guide: Understanding Part 2: Personal Challenges and Applying Part 2: Personal Challenges, Meeting the Standards Unit 8, pp. 6–7 Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1060 ____ Build Vocabulary: Word Families, Meeting the Standards Unit 8, p. 39 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 1061–1065 ____ History Connection: The King Assassination, SE/ATE, p. 1064 ____ Informational Text Connection: “Dr. King Arrested at Birmingham,” SE/ATE, pp. 1066–1068 ____ History Connection: Malcolm X, SE/ATE, p. 1068 © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 253 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 8 253 7/9/09 10:47:49 AM Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ English Language Learning, ATE, pp. 1062, 1066 ____ Learning Styles: Kinesthetic, ATE, p. 1063 ____ Enrichment, ATE, p. 1064 ____ Learning Styles: Visual, ATE, p. 1067 ____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, p. 1067 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 1069–1070 ____ Analyze Literature: Rhetorical Devices, Meeting the Standards Unit 8, pp. 40–41 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 8, p. 42 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 345–347 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® 254 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 254 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 8 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:49 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F The Rockpile / from On James Baldwin, p. 1071 Grammar & Style Workshop: Colons and Semicolons, p. 1083 Directed Reading “The Rockpile” • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Complex relationships; vocabulary • Ease Factor: Dialogue; young person’s point of view from On James Baldwin • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Some difficult vocabulary; formal style; more information than action • Ease Factor: Length Pacing • Regular Schedule: 3 days • Block Schedule: 1.5 days Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate a short story about a neighborhood landmark that adds to the stress already afflicting a family • analyze and understand setting and characterization • develop writing and other language arts skills as specified in the Unit 8 Scope & Sequence Planning Guide Before Reading Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1071 ____ Build Vocabulary: Antonyms, Meeting the Standards Unit 8, p. 43 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 1072–1079 ____ Literature Connection: from “On James Baldwin,” SE/ATE, pp. 1080–1081 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 1073 ____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, p. 1074 ____ Learning Styles: Visual, ATE, p. 1074 ____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, pp. 1076, 1080 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1082 ____ Analyze Literature: Conflict, Meeting the Standards Unit 8, pp. 44–45 ____ Using Transitions Effectively, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 238–239 © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 255 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 8 255 7/9/09 10:47:50 AM Teach the Workshop(s) Select from the following materials to teach the workshop(s): ____ Grammar & Style: Colons and Semicolons, SE/ATE, p. 1083 ____ Language Arts Handbook Section 3.12, Punctuation, SE/ATE, pp. 1329–1334 ____ Semicolons and Colons, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 198–204 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 8, p. 46 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 348–350 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® 256 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 256 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 8 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:50 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F Understanding Literary Forms: The Memoir, p. 1084 Author Focus: Gwendolyn Brooks, p. 1086 from Report from Part One / To Black Women / The Explorer, p. 1087 Directed Reading from Report from Part One • Reading Level: Moderate to challenging • Difficulty Consideration: Abstract concepts; vocabulary; formal style • Ease Factor: Length “To Black Women” • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Vocabulary; symbolism • Ease Factor: Length; style “The Explorer” • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Abstract concepts • Ease Factor: Pacing • Regular Schedule: 2 days • Block Schedule: 1 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate an excerpt from Brooks’s recollection of her early memoirs and two lyric poems • identify common themes and styles in Brooks’s work • analyze and understand theme and parallelism • develop writing and other language arts skills as specified in the Unit 8 Scope & Sequence Planning Guide Before Reading Teach the Feature(s) Select from the following resources to teach the feature(s): ____ Understanding Literary Forms: The Memoir, SE/ATE, pp. 1084–1085 ____ Author Focus: Gwendolyn Brooks, SE/ATE, p. 1086 ____ Early Contemporary Era Study Guide: Understanding Literary Forms: The Memoir and Applying Literary Forms: The Memoir, Meeting the Standards Unit 8, pp. 8–10 ____ Author Focus: Gwendolyn Brooks, Exceeding the Standards: Literature & Reading, pp. 21–23 Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1087 ____ Build Vocabulary: Connotations, Meeting the Standards Unit 8, p. 47 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 1088–1091 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 1089 ____ Literary Form Study: The Perspective of the Memoirist, Differentiated Instruction for Advanced Students, pp. 42–43 © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 257 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 8 257 7/9/09 10:47:50 AM After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1092 ____ Analyze Literature: Imagery, Meeting the Standards Unit 8, pp. 48–49 ____ Sentence Fragments, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 228–230 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 8, p. 50 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 351–353 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® 258 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 258 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 8 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:50 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F from The Woman Warrior, p. 1093 Directed Reading • Reading Level: Easy • Difficulty Consideration: Some long paragraphs • Ease Factor: Young person’s perspective; students may identify with main characters; familiar topics Pacing • Regular Schedule: 2 days • Block Schedule: 1 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate the excerpt from a memoir in which the author remembers the day she confronted a Chinese-American classmate • analyze and understand motivation and simile • develop writing and other language arts skills as specified in the Unit 8 Scope & Sequence Planning Guide Before Reading Teach the Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1093 ____ Build Vocabulary: Cultural Dimensions of Word Meaning, Meeting the Standards Unit 8, p. 51 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 1094–1102 ____ Cultural Connection: Chinatowns, SE/ATE, p. 1098 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ Learning Styles: Visual, ATE, p. 1095 ____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, p. 1098 ____ Enrichment, ATE, p. 1100 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 1103–1104 ____ Analyze Literature: Exposition, Meeting the Standards Unit 8, p. 52 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 8, p. 53 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 354–355 © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 259 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 8 259 7/9/09 10:47:50 AM Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® 260 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 260 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 8 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:50 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F from The Way to Rainy Mountain, p. 1105 Vocabulary & Spelling Workshop: Native American Words, p. 1113 Directed Reading • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Varied narrative order • Ease Factor: Length Pacing • Regular Schedule: 2 days • Block Schedule: 1 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate an excerpt about ancestors’ migration and about a grandmother’s life • analyze and understand narration and description • develop writing and other language arts skills as specified in the Unit 8 Scope & Sequence Planning Guide Before Reading Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1105 ____ Build Vocabulary: Suffixes and Part of Speech, Meeting the Standards Unit 8, pp. 54–55 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 1106–1102 ____ Art Connection: James Auchiah, SE/ATE, p. 1108 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 1107 ____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 1107 ____ Enrichment, ATE, p. 1108 ____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, p. 1109 ____ Learning Styles: Kinesthetic, ATE, p. 1109 ____ Reading Strategies and Skills Practice: Use Text Organization, Differentiated Instruction for Developing Readers, pp. 50–52 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1112 ____ Analyze Literature: Metaphor and Simile, Meeting the Standards Unit 8, pp. 56–57 ____ Making Your Language Precise and Colorful, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 243–245 © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 261 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 8 261 7/9/09 10:47:50 AM Teach the Workshop(s) Select from the following materials to teach the workshop(s): ____ Vocabulary & Spelling: Native American Words, SE/ATE, p. 1113 ____ Native American Words, Exceeding the Standards: Vocabulary & Spelling, pp. 55–56 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 8, p. 58 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 356–358 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® 262 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 262 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 8 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:51 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F Hunger in New York City, p. 1114 Directed Reading • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Different meanings of hunger • Ease Factor: Length Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate a poem about the speaker’s longing for his Native American homeland • identify characteristics of Native American cultural traditions • analyze and understand metaphor and repetition • develop writing and other language arts skills as specified in the Unit 8 Scope & Sequence Planning Guide Pacing • Regular Schedule: 1 day • Block Schedule: 0.5 day Before Reading Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1114 ____ Build Vocabulary: Semantic Families, Meeting the Standards Unit 8, p. 59 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1115 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 1115 ____ Enrichment, ATE, p. 1115 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1116 ____ Analyze Literature: Stanza and Line, Meeting the Standards Unit 8, pp. 60–61 ____ Critical Literacy: Hold a Group Discussion, Exceeding the Standards: Extension Activities, p. 21 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 8, p. 62 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 359–360 © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 263 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 8 263 7/9/09 10:47:51 AM Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® 264 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 264 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 8 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:51 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F The Writer / Boy at the Window, p. 1117 Directed Reading “The Writer” • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Abstract concepts; ideas continuing beyond line breaks; personification • Ease Factor: Length “Boy at the Window” • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Personification; ideas continuing beyond line breaks • Ease Factor: Length Pacing • Regular Schedule: 2 days • Block Schedule: 1 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate two lyric poems by Wilbur • analyze and understand extended metaphor and personification • develop writing and other language arts skills as specified in the Unit 8 Scope & Sequence Planning Guide Before Reading Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1117 ____ Build Vocabulary: Homophones, Meeting the Standards Unit 8, p. 63 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 1118–1120 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 1118 ____ Learning Styles: Visual, ATE, p. 1119 ____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, p. 1120 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1121 ____ Analyze Literature: Rhythm and Rhyme, Meeting the Standards Unit 8, pp. 64–65 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 8, p. 66 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 361–362 © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 265 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 8 265 7/9/09 10:47:51 AM Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® 266 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 266 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 8 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:51 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F The Handsomest Drowned Man in the World, p. 1122 Independent Reading • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Unrealistic events; subject matter; long sentences • Ease Factor: Length Pacing • Regular Schedule: 2 days • Block Schedule: 1 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • apply reading strategies and skills • analyze literary elements • use context clues to understand unfamiliar vocabulary words • address critical thinking questions • use writing options to assess understanding of the text Before Reading Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1122 ____ Build Vocabulary: Context, Meeting the Standards Unit 8, p. 67 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 1122–1127 ____ Literary Connection: The Latin American Boom, SE/ATE, p. 1125 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 1124 ____ Latin America Literature Project: Magical Realism, Differentiated Instruction for Advanced Students, pp. 44–45 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1127 ____ Analyze Literature: Setting and Description, Meeting the Standards Unit 8, pp. 68–69 ____ Achieving Parallelism, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 240–242 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 8, p. 70 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 363–366 © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 267 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 8 267 7/9/09 10:47:51 AM Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® 268 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 268 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 8 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:51 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F Son, p. 1128 Independent Reading • Reading Level: Challenging • Difficulty Consideration: Abstract concepts; abrupt shifts in setting and time; complex relationships between characters and events; confusing vocabulary • Ease Factor: Some dialogue Pacing • Regular Schedule: 1 day • Block Schedule: 0.5 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • apply reading strategies and skills • analyze literary elements • use context clues to understand unfamiliar vocabulary words • address critical thinking questions • use writing options to assess understanding of the text Before Reading Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1128 ____ Build Vocabulary: Adjectives for Character and Mood, Meeting the Standards Unit 8, p. 71 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 1128–1132 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 1129 ____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, p. 1131 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1132 ____ Analyze Literature: Point of View and Theme, Meeting the Standards Unit 8, pp. 72–73 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 8, p. 74 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 367–368 © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 269 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 8 269 7/9/09 10:47:52 AM Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® 270 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 270 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 8 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:52 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F Part 3: Confessional Poets, p. 1133 The Starry Night, p. 1134 Vocabulary & Spelling Workshop: Celestial Words, p. 1138 Directed Reading • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Figurative language; references to mythical elements • Ease Factor: Length; vocabulary Pacing • Regular Schedule: 1 day • Block Schedule: 0.5 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate a poem in which the speaker expresses the wish to die on such a night • understand the poem as an example of Confessional poetry • analyze and understand epigraph and myth • develop writing and other language arts skills as specified in the Unit 8 Scope & Sequence Planning Guide Before Reading Teach the Feature(s) Select from the following resources to teach the feature(s): ____ Part 3: Confessional Poets, SE/ATE, p. 1133 ____ Early Contemporary Era Study Guide: Understanding Part 3: Confessional Poets and Applying Part 3: Confessional Poets, Meeting the Standards Unit 8, pp. 11–12 Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1134 ____ Build Vocabulary: Prefixes post-, dys-, em- (en-), Meeting the Standards Unit 8, p. 75 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 1135–1136 ____ Art Connection: Vincent van Gogh, SE/ATE, p. 1136 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 1135 ____ Enrichment, ATE, p. 1136 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1137 ____ Analyze Literature: Diction and Mood, Meeting the Standards Unit 8, pp. 76–77 © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 271 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 8 271 7/9/09 10:47:52 AM Teach the Workshop(s) Select from the following materials to teach the workshop(s): ____ Vocabulary & Spelling: Celestial Words, SE/ATE, p. 1138 ____ Celestial Words, Exceeding the Standards: Vocabulary & Spelling, pp. 72–73 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 8, p. 78 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 369–370 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® 272 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 272 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 8 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:52 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F Morning Song / Mirror, p. 1139 Directed Reading “Morning Song” • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Unconventional pairing of nouns and modifiers; shift in tone • Ease Factor: Length “Mirror” • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Ambiguous speaker; figurative language • Ease Factor: Length Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate two lyric poems by Plath • identify Plath’s common themes • analyze and understand speaker and enjambment • develop writing and other language arts skills as specified in the Unit 8 Scope & Sequence Planning Guide Pacing • Regular Schedule: 1 day • Block Schedule: 0.5 day Before Reading Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1139 ____ Build Vocabulary: Context, Meeting the Standards Unit 8, p. 79 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 1140–1141 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 1140 ____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, p. 1141 ____ Reading Strategies and Skills Practice: Make Connections, Differentiated Instruction for Developing Readers, pp. 53–55 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 1142–1143 ____ Analyze Literature: Figurative Language, Meeting the Standards Unit 8, pp. 80–81 © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 273 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 8 273 7/9/09 10:47:52 AM Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 8, p. 82 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 371–372 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® 274 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 274 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 8 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:52 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F Commander Lowell, p. 1144 Independent Reading • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Footnotes • Ease Factor: Length Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • apply reading strategies and skills • analyze literary elements • use context clues to understand unfamiliar vocabulary words • address critical thinking questions • use writing options to assess understanding of the text Pacing • Regular Schedule: 1 day • Block Schedule: 0.5 day Before Reading Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1144 ____ Build Vocabulary: Compound Words, Meeting the Standards Unit 8, p. 83 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 1144–1147 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 1145 ____ Independent Reading Study: Journal on Father-Child Relationships, Differentiated Instruction for Advanced Students, p. 46 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1147 ____ Analyze Literature: Imagery and Character, Meeting the Standards Unit 8, pp. 84–85 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 8, p. 86 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 373–374 © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 275 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 8 275 7/9/09 10:47:53 AM Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® 276 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 276 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 8 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:53 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F Speaking & Listening Workshop: Evaluate a Well-Known Speech or Speaker, p. 1149 Pacing • Regular Schedule: 2 days • Block Schedule: 1 day Objectives Participating in this lesson will help enable students to • locate a well-known address by a prominent speaker • evaluate the speech as a reflection of its time, for its use of rhetorical devices, and for its likely listener response • evaluate the speaker’s delivery, if an audiotape or videotape is available Teach the Workshop Select from the following resources to teach the workshop: ____ Speaking and Listening Workshop: Evaluate a Well-Known Speech or Speaker, SE/ATE, pp. 1149 ____ Language Arts Handbook Section 7.2, Listening Skills, SE/ATE, pp. 1353–1354 ____ Language Arts Handbook Section 7.4, Asking and Answering Questions, SE/ATE, pp. 1354–1355 Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ Evaluate a Well-Known Speech or Speaker, Exceeding the Standards: Speaking & Listening, pp. 21–23 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 277 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 8 277 7/9/09 10:47:53 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F Writing Workshop: Descriptive Writing: Write a Descriptive Poem, p. 1150 Pacing • Regular Schedule: 3 days • Block Schedule: 1.5 days Objectives Participating in this lesson will help enable students to • write a descriptive poem that has an opening stanza presenting an object and suggesting one or more feelings about the object • write a descriptive poem that has middle stanzas using rhythm and imagery to enhance meaning • write a descriptive poem that has a closing stanza providing a satisfying finish Teach the Workshop Select from the following resources to teach the workshop: ____ Writing Workshop: Descriptive Writing—Write a Descriptive Poem, SE/ATE, pp. 1150–1151 ____ Language Arts Handbook Section 4.1, The Writing Process, SE/ATE, pp. 1335–1340 ____ Language Arts Handbook Section 4.2, Modes and Purposes of Writing, SE/ATE, p. 1340 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 1151 Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ Persuasive Writing: Use Rhetorical Devices in a Speech, Exceeding the Standards: Writing, pp. 97–115 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® 278 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 278 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 8 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:53 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F Test Practice Workshop, p. 1152 Pacing • Regular Schedule: 1 day • Block Schedule: 0.5 day Objectives Participating in this lesson will help enable students to • analyze literary elements • provide an appropriate conclusion to a paragraph, essay, or other written work • read and revise a passage for errors in organization, grammar, spelling, punctuation, and capitalization Teach the Workshop Select from the following resources to teach the workshop: ____ Reading Skills: Analyze Literary Elements, SE/ATE, pp. 1152–1153 ____ Writing Skills: Write a Good Conclusion, SE/ATE, p. 1154 ____ Revising and Editing Skills, SE/ATE, pp. 1155 ____ Language Arts Handbook Section 8.1, Preparing for Tests, SE/ATE, p. 1360 ____ Language Arts Handbook Section 8.2, Strategies for Taking Standardized Tests, SE/ATE, p. 1360 ____ Language Arts Handbook Section 8.4, Answering Multiple-Choice Questions, SE/ATE, p. 1361 ____ Language Arts Handbook Section 8.5, Answering Reading Comprehension Questions, SE/ATE, p. 1361 ____ Language Arts Handbook Section 8.8, Answering Constructed-Response Questions, SE/ATE, p. 1362 ____ Language Arts Handbook Section 8.9, Answering Essay Questions, SE/ATE, pp. 1362–1363 ____ Test-Taking Skills and Strategies, Exceeding the Standards: Test Practice, pp. 1–2 Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ Early Contemporary Era Study Guide: Practice Test, Meeting the Standards Unit 8, pp. 13–16 ____ SAT Practice Test: Critical Reading and Writing, Exceeding the Standards: Test Practice, pp. 19–22 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 279 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 8 279 7/9/09 10:47:53 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F Unit 9 Contemporary Era Opener, p. 1156 Pacing • Regular Schedule: 1 day • Block Schedule: 0.5 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • understand the impact of historical, social, and political elements on the literature of the Contemporary Era, 1980 to present • identify the characteristics of literature about heritage and from the Contemporary Era Plan the Unit Use the following resources to plan instruction for this unit: ____ Unit 9 Visual Planning Guide: Unit-Based Resources, ATE, pp. 1156A–1156B ____ Unit 9 Visual Planning Guide: Lesson-by-Lesson Resources, ATE, pp. 1156C–1156F ____ Unit 9 Scope & Sequence Guide, ATE, pp. 1156G–1156L ____ Unit 9 Building Vocabulary, ATE, pp. 1156M–1156O ____ Launch the Unit, ATE, p. 1156 Teach the Unit Opener Choose from the following resources to teach the unit opener: ____ Unit 9 Overview, SE/ATE, pp. 1156–1157 ____ Timeline: Contemporary Era: 1980 to Present, SE/ATE, pp. 1158–1159 ____ Historical Introduction: Contemporary Era: 1980 to Present, SE/ATE, pp. 1160–1162 ____ Contemporary Era Study Guide: Introduction, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 1 ____ Contemporary Era Study Guide: Historical Context, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, pp. 2–4 ____ Contemporary Era Study Guide: Master Vocabulary List, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 17 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 1161 ____ Enrichment, ATE, p. 1161 Extend the Unit Choose from the following resources to extend the unit: ____ For Your Reading List, SE/ATE, p. 1296 ____ Unit 9, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 248–260 ____ Media Literacy: Technology Project 2, Exceeding the Standards: Special Topics, pp. 31–32 ____ Career and Life Portfolio Update, Exceeding the Standards: Special Topics, pp. 33–34 ____ Unit 9, Exceeding the Standards: Vocabulary & Spelling, pp. 68–81 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Formative Surveys 1 and 2, Assessment Guide, pp. 3–28 ____ Reading Fluency Assessments, Passages 17 and 18, Assessment Guide, pp. 493–494 ____ Unit 9 Exam, Assessment Guide, pp. 463–468 280 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 280 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 9 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:53 AM Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 281 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 9 281 7/9/09 10:47:54 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F Part 1: Heritage, p. 1163 Author Focus: Alice Walker, p. 1164 Though We May Feel Alone / Dream / My Mother’s Blue Bowl, p. 1165 Grammar & Style Workshop: Quotations, p. 1176 Directed Reading “Though We May Feel Alone” • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Abstract concepts; punctuation/capitalization; ideas don’t end at line breaks • Ease Factor: Length; short lines “Dream” • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Abstract concepts; punctuation/capitalization; ideas don’t end at line breaks • Ease Factor: Length; short lines “My Mother’s Blue Bowl” • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Some long, complex sentences • Ease Factor: Length; students may relate to feelings about mothers and special possessions Pacing • Regular Schedule: 2 days • Block Schedule: 1 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate two lyric poems and an essay about memories and possessions • understand the effect of the writer’s heritage on this literature • analyze and understand free verse and style • develop writing and other language arts skills as specified in the Unit 9 Scope & Sequence Planning Guide Before Reading Teach the Feature(s) Select from the following resources to teach the feature(s): ____ Part 1: Heritage, SE/ATE, p. 1163 ____ Author Focus: Alice Walker, SE/ATE, p. 1164 ____ Contemporary Era Study Guide: Understanding Part 1: Heritage and Applying Part 1: Heritage, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, pp. 5–7 Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1165 ____ Build Vocabulary: Etymology, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 19 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 1166–1173 282 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 282 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 9 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:54 AM Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, pp. 1167, 1171, 1172 ____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, pp. 1167, 1169, 1173 ____ Learning Styles: Visual, ATE, p. 1167 ____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 1171 ____ Learning Styles: Kinesthetic, ATE, p. 1173 ____ Comparing Literature Project: Poems of Ancestry, Differentiated Instruction for Advanced Students, p. 47 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 1174–1175 ____ Analyze Literature: Text-to-Text Connection, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 20 ____ Analyze Literature: Character in a Personal Essay, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 21 Teach the Workshop(s) Select from the following materials to teach the workshop(s): ____ Grammar & Style: Quotations, SE/ATE, p. 1176 ____ Language Arts Handbook Section 3.12, Punctuation, SE/ATE, pp. 1329–1334 ____ Quotation Marks, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 210–214 ____ Using Quotations Effectively, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 257–258 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 22 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 375–377 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 283 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 9 283 7/9/09 10:47:54 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F The Names of Women, p. 1177 Directed Reading • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Cultural context; many footnotes; vocabulary; more description than action • Ease Factor: Length Pacing • Regular Schedule: 2 days • Block Schedule: 1 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate an essay about combining heritage with a modern lifestyle • understand how the author’s heritage affects this literature • analyze and understand purpose and catalog • develop writing and other language arts skills as specified in the Unit 9 Scope & Sequence Planning Guide Before Reading Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1177 ____ Build Vocabulary: Word Facts, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 23 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 1178–1182 ____ Analyze Literature: Characterization, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 24 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ English Language Learning, ATE, pp. 1179, 1182 ____ Enrichment, ATE, pp. 1179, 1181 ____ Learning Styles: Visual, ATE, p. 1180 ____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, p. 1180 ____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, pp. 1181, 1182 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1183 ____ Analyze Literature: Imagery, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 25 ____ Adding Sensory Details, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 248–249 ____ Descriptive or Expository Writing: Use Cataloging, Exceeding the Standards: Writing, pp. 116–128 284 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 284 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 9 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:54 AM Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 26 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 378–380 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 285 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 9 285 7/9/09 10:47:54 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F Daughter of Invention, p. 1184 Directed Reading • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Spanish terms; political context • Ease Factor: Vivid images Pacing • Regular Schedule: 2 days • Block Schedule: 1 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate a short story about an immigrant family’s conflict over assimilation • understand how the writer’s heritage influences the literature • analyze and understand conflict and cliché • develop writing and other language arts skills as specified in the Unit 9 Scope & Sequence Planning Guide Before Reading Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1184 ____ Build Vocabulary: Synonyms and Antonyms, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 27 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 1185–1194 ____ History Connection: President Trujillo of the Dominican Republic, SE/ATE, p. 1188 ____ Analyze Literature: Plot, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, pp. 28–29 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ English Language Learning, ATE, pp. 1186, 1190, 1194 ____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, p. 1188 ____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 1189 ____ Enrichment, ATE, pp. 1189, 1191 ____ Reading Strategies and Skills Practice: Unlock Word Meaning, Differentiated Instruction for Developing Readers, pp. 56–58 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1195 ____ Analyze Literature: Theme, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 30 286 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 286 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 9 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:54 AM Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 31 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 381–383 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 287 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 9 287 7/9/09 10:47:54 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F What Is Supposed to Happen, p. 1196 Directed Reading • Reading Level: Easy • Difficulty Consideration: Ideas don’t end at line breaks • Ease Factor: Sympathetic main character; prose-like syntax Pacing • Regular Schedule: 1 day • Block Schedule: 0.5 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate a poem about the speaker’s awareness of her young child’s expanding world • analyze and understand speaker and metaphor • develop writing and other language arts skills as specified in the Unit 9 Scope & Sequence Planning Guide Before Reading Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1196 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1197 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ Learning Styles: Visual, ATE, p. 1197 ____ Learning Styles: Kinesthetic, ATE, p. 1197 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1198 ____ Analyze Literature: Tone, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 32 ____ Analyze Literature: Free Verse, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 33 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 34 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 384–385 288 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 288 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 9 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:55 AM Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 289 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 9 289 7/9/09 10:47:55 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F The Latin Deli: An Ars Poetica, p. 1199 Directed Reading • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Vocabulary and names; meaning of title; ideas do not end at line ends; many footnotes • Ease Factor: Length Pacing • Regular Schedule: 1 day • Block Schedule: 0.5 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate a poem about immigrants seeking memories of their homeland in a bodega • understand how the poet’s heritage influences this literature • analyze and understand tone and theme • develop writing and other language arts skills as specified in the Unit 9 Scope & Sequence Planning Guide Before Reading Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1199 ____ Build Vocabulary: Word Analogies, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 35 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 1200–1201 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 1200 ____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, p. 1201 ____ Learning Styles: Kinesthetic, ATE, p. 1201 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1202 ____ Analyze Literature: Figures of Speech, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 36 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 37 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 386–387 290 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 290 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 9 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:55 AM Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 291 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 9 291 7/9/09 10:47:55 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F Wingfoot Lake, p. 1203 Directed Reading • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Historical context • Ease Factor: Length Pacing • Regular Schedule: 1 day • Block Schedule: 0.5 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate a poem about the response of a fearful black woman to the Civil Rights movement • understand how the poet’s heritage and experiences influence the selection • analyze and understand characterization and allusion • develop writing and other language arts skills as specified in the Unit 9 Scope & Sequence Planning Guide Before Reading Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1203 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 1204–1205 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, pp. 1204, 1205 ____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 1204 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1206 ____ Analyze Literature: Symbolism, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 38 ____ Analyze Literature: Rita Dove’s Poetry, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 39 ____ Collaborative Learning: Prepare a Time Line, Exceeding the Standards: Extension Activities, p. 22 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 40 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 388–389 292 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 292 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 9 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:55 AM Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 293 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 9 293 7/9/09 10:47:55 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F Mother Tongue, p. 1207 Understanding Literary Criticism: Sociological Criticism, p. 1216 Directed Reading • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Many footnotes; dialect; more information than action; some difficult vocabulary • Ease Factor: Some students may identify with the narrator Pacing • Regular Schedule: 2 days • Block Schedule: 1 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate an essay about “broken English” and the nuances of language • understand how the writer’s heritage influences this piece of literature • analyze and understand thesis and voice • develop writing and other language arts skills as specified in the Unit 9 Scope & Sequence Planning Guide Before Reading Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1207 ____ Build Vocabulary: Latin Roots, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 41 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 1208–1214 ____ Cultural Connection: The Chinese Language, SE/ATE, p. 1210 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ English Language Learning, ATE, pp. 1209, 1210, 1214 ____ Enrichment, ATE, pp. 1209, 1213 ____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, pp. 1210, 1213 ____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, p. 1211 ____ Learning Styles: Kinesthetic, ATE, p. 1211 ____ Literary Criticism Activity: Sociological Criticism, Differentiated Instruction for Advanced Students, p. 48 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1215 ____ Analyze Literature: Text-to-Text Connection, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 42 ____ Analyze Literature: Style, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 43 294 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 294 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 9 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:55 AM Teach the Feature(s) Select from the following resources to teach the feature(s): ____ Understanding Literary Criticism: Sociological Criticism, SE/ATE, pp. 1216–1217 ____ Differentiated Instruction: Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 1217 ____ Differentiated Instruction: English Language Learning, ATE, p. 1217 ____ Differentiated Instruction: Enrichment, ATE, p. 1217 ____ Understanding Literary Criticism: Sociological Criticism, Exceeding the Standards: Literature & Reading, pp. 24–26 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 44 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 390–392 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 295 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 9 295 7/9/09 10:47:56 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F Straw Into Gold: The Metamorphosis of the Everyday, p. 1218 Vocabulary & Spelling Workshop: Homophones, p. 1226 Directed Reading • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Spanish terms; geographical references; style • Ease Factor: Vocabulary Pacing • Regular Schedule: 2 days • Block Schedule: 1 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate an essay about the author’s growth as a writer • understand the influence of the writer’s heritage on this piece of literature • analyze and understand essay and metaphor • develop writing and other language arts skills as specified in the Unit 9 Scope & Sequence Planning Guide Before Reading Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1218 ____ Build Vocabulary: Word Facts, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 45 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 1219–1223 ____ Cultural Connection: César Chávez, SE/ATE, p. 1222 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, pp. 1221, 1223 ____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 1221 ____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, p. 1222 ____ Learning Styles: Visual, ATE, p. 1222 ____ Enrichment, ATE, p. 1223 ____ Reading Strategies and Skills Practice: Make Predictions, Differentiated Instruction for Developing Readers, pp. 59–62 ____ Main Idea, Differentiated Instruction for English Language Learners, pp. 199–210 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 1224–1225 ____ Analyze Literature: Allusion, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 46 ____ Analyze Literature: Thesis, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 47 296 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 296 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 9 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:56 AM Teach the Workshop(s) Select from the following materials to teach the workshop(s): ____ Vocabulary & Spelling: Homophones, SE/ATE, p. 1226 ____ Homophones, Exceeding the Standards: Vocabulary & Spelling, pp. 31–32 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 48 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 393–395 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 297 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 9 297 7/9/09 10:47:56 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F Thinking Back, p. 1227 Independent Reading • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Abstract concepts; importance of title; ideas do not end at line breaks • Ease Factor: Short lines; length Pacing • Regular Schedule: 1 day • Block Schedule: 0.5 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • apply reading strategies and skills. • analyze literary elements. • use context clues to understand unfamiliar vocabulary. • address critical thinking questions. • use writing options to assess understanding of the text Before Reading Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1227 ____ Build Vocabulary: Word Part para-, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 49 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 1227–1228 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1228 ____ Analyze Literature: Poetry Critique, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 50 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 51 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 396–397 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® 298 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 298 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 9 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:56 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F A Story, p. 1229 Independent Reading • Reading Level: Easy • Difficulty Consideration: Confusing time shift • Ease Factor: Vocabulary Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • apply reading strategies and skills • analyze literary elements • use context clues to understand unfamiliar vocabulary • address critical thinking questions • use writing options to assess understanding of the text Pacing • Regular Schedule: 1 day • Block Schedule: 0.5 day Before Reading Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1229 ____ Build Vocabulary: Word Parts, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 52 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1229 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1230 ____ Analyze Literature: Text-to-Text Connection, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 53 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 54 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 398–399 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 299 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 9 299 7/9/09 10:47:56 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F What For, p. 1231 Independent Reading • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Abstract concepts; Hawaiian names and terms; ideas do not end at line breaks • Ease Factor: Length; students may relate to father-son relationship Pacing • Regular Schedule: 1 day • Block Schedule: 0.5 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • apply reading strategies and skills • analyze literary elements • use context clues to understand unfamiliar vocabulary • address critical thinking questions • use writing options to assess understanding of the text Before Reading Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1231 ____ Build Vocabulary: Context Clues, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 55 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 1231–1233 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 1232 ____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 1232 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1233 ____ Analyze Literature: Imagery, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 56 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 57 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 400–401 300 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 300 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 9 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:57 AM Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 301 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 9 301 7/9/09 10:47:57 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F Defining the Grateful Gesture, p. 1234 Independent Reading • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Some vocabulary; Mexican names and terms • Ease Factor: Simile; young person’s point of view Pacing • Regular Schedule: 1 day • Block Schedule: 0.5 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • apply reading strategies and skills • analyze literary elements • use context clues to understand unfamiliar vocabulary • address critical thinking questions • use writing options to assess understanding of the text Before Reading Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1234 ____ Build Vocabulary: Synonyms and Antonyms, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 58 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 1234–1236 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 1235 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1236 ____ Analyze Literature: Diction, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 59 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 60 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 402–403 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1174 ____ Media Literacy: Create a Poster, Exceeding the Standards: Extension Activities, p. 22 302 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 302 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 9 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:57 AM Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 66 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 342–344 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 303 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 9 303 7/9/09 10:47:57 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F Part 2: Contemporary America, p. 1237 Understanding Literary Forms: Literary Nonfiction, p. 1238 from Great Plains / Seeing, from Dakota: A Spiritual Geography / So This Is Nebraska, p. 1240 Vocabulary & Spelling Workshop: Common Spelling Errors, p. 1253 Directed Reading From Great Plains • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: More information and description than action; long paragraphs; formal style; vocabulary; background information needed • Ease Factor: Some repetition “Seeing” from Dakota: A Spiritual Geography • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Unfamiliar plant and animal names • Ease Factor: Length “So This Is Nebraska” • Reading Level: Easy • Difficulty Consideration: Metaphor • Ease Factor: Vocabulary; length; colorful imagery Pacing • Regular Schedule: 2 days • Block Schedule: 1 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate two descriptive excerpts about the Great Plains • understand how this literature reflects aspects of contemporary America • analyze and understand description and tone • develop writing and other language arts skills as specified in the Unit 9 Scope & Sequence Planning Guide Before Reading Teach the Feature(s) Select from the following resources to teach the feature(s): ____ Part 2: Contemporary America, SE/ATE, p. 1237 ____ Understanding Literary Forms: Literary Nonfiction, SE/ATE, pp. 1238–1239 ____ Contemporary Era Study Guide: Understanding Part 2: Contemporary America and Applying Part 2: Contemporary America, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, pp. 8–9 ____ Contemporary Era Study Guide: Understanding Literary Forms: Literary Nonfiction and Applying Literary Forms: Literary Nonfiction, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, pp. 10–12 Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1240 ____ Build Vocabulary: Definitions, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 61 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 1241–1248 ____ Literature Connection: “So This Is Nebraska,” SE/ATE, pp. 1249–1250 304 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 304 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 9 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:57 AM Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ English Language Learning, ATE, pp. 1242, 1247 ____ Enrichment, ATE, pp. 1242, 1245, 1247 ____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, pp. 1243, 1248 ____ Learning Styles: Visual, ATE, p. 1243 ____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, pp. 1244, 1245, 1249 ____ Literary Forms Project: Literary Nonfiction, Differentiated Instruction for Advanced Students, pp. 49–50 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 1251–1252 ____ Analyze Literature: Style and Tone, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 62 ____ Analyze Literature: Literary Elements, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 63 ____ Analyze Literature: Sound Devices, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 64 ____ The Paragraph, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 252–254 Teach the Workshop(s) Select from the following materials to teach the workshop(s): ____ Vocabulary & Spelling: Common Spelling Errors, SE/ATE, p. 1253 ____ Language Arts Handbook Section 2.5, Spelling, SE/ATE, pp. 1314–1317 ____ Spelling Review, Exceeding the Standards: Vocabulary & Spelling, pp. 41–42 ____ Contractions, Exceeding the Standards: Vocabulary & Spelling, pp. 43–44 ____ Common Spelling Errors, Exceeding the Standards: Vocabulary & Spelling, pp. 45–46 ____ Time Out for Test Practice: Spelling Patterns, Exceeding the Standards: Vocabulary & Spelling, pp. 47–48 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 65 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 404–406 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 305 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 9 305 7/9/09 10:47:57 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F Throughput, from Fast Food Nation, p. 1254 Directed Reading • Reading Level: Easy • Difficulty Consideration: More information than action • Ease Factor: Interesting opening; familiar topic; students may indentify with topic Pacing • Regular Schedule: 2 days • Block Schedule: 1 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate a nonfiction excerpt about working conditions and hiring practices at fast-food chains • understand how this literature is representative of life in contemporary America • analyze and understand persuasion and point of view • develop writing and other language arts skills as specified in the Unit 9 Scope & Sequence Planning Guide Before Reading Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1254 ____ Build Vocabulary: Etymology, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 66 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 1255–1259 ____ Cultural Connection: Beef Production, SE/ATE, p. 1257 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, pp. 1256, 1259 ____ English Language Learning, ATE, pp. 1256, 1257, 1259 ____ Enrichment, ATE, p. 1257 ____ Learning Styles: Visual, ATE, p. 1258 ____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, p. 1258 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1260 ____ Analyze Literature: Literary Techniques, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, pp. 67–68 ____ Critical Literacy: Write an Editorial, Exceeding the Standards: Extension Activities, pp. 23–24 306 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 306 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 9 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:57 AM Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 69 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 407–409 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 307 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 9 307 7/9/09 10:47:58 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F On the Mall, p. 1261 Grammar & Style Workshop: Summarizing and Paraphrasing, p. 1269 Grammar & Style Workshop: Documenting Sources, p. 1270 Directed Reading • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Vocabulary • Ease Factor: Length; topic Pacing • Regular Schedule: 2 days • Block Schedule: 1 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate a satiric essay about the post World War II emergence of shopping centers • understand the influence of contemporary America on this literature • analyze and understand purpose and irony • develop writing and other language arts skills as specified in the Unit 9 Scope & Sequence Planning Guide Before Reading Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1261 ____ Build Vocabulary: Synonyms and Antonyms, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, pp. 70–71 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 1262–1267 ____ Cultural Connection: Evolution of the Mall, SE/ATE, p. 1265 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, pp. 1263, 1265, 1266 ____ English Language Learning, ATE, pp. 1263, 1265 ____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, p. 1264 ____ Learning Styles: Visual, ATE, p. 1264 ____ Enrichment, ATE, p. 1266 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1268 ____ Analyze Literature: Concrete and Abstract Language, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 72 ____ Analyze Literature: Fact and Opinion, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 73 308 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 308 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 9 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:58 AM Teach the Workshop(s) Select from the following materials to teach the workshop(s): ____ Grammar & Style: Summarizing and Paraphrasing, SE/ATE, p. 1269 ____ Grammar & Style: Documenting Sources, SE/ATE, p. 1270 ____ Language Arts Handbook Section 5.6, Documenting Sources, SE/ATE, pp. 1344–1346 ____ Summarizing and Paraphrasing, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 255–256 ____ Documenting Sources, Exceeding the Standards: Grammar & Style, pp. 259–260 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 74 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 410–412 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 309 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 9 309 7/9/09 10:47:58 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F Man Listening to Disc / The Blues, p. 1271 Directed Reading “Man Listening to Disc” • Reading Level: Easy • Difficulty Consideration: Important title; musician’s names / musical terms • Ease Factor: Conversational tone; informal language “The Blues” • Reading Level: Easy • Difficulty Consideration: Important title • Ease Factor: Length; simple vocabulary Pacing • Regular Schedule: 2 days • Block Schedule: 1 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate two poems about the impact of music • understand the influence of contemporary America on this literature • analyze and understand diction and rhythm • develop writing and other language arts skills as specified in the Unit 9 Scope & Sequence Planning Guide Before Reading Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1271 ____ Build Vocabulary: Latin Roots, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 75 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 1272–1276 ____ Music Connection: History of the Blues, SE/ATE, p. 1276 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 1273 ____ English Language Learning, ATE, pp. 1273, 1276 ____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, p. 1274 ____ Learning Styles: Kinesthetic, ATE, p. 1274 ____ Music Connection Activity: The Essence of Jazz, Differentiated Instruction for Advanced Students, p. 51 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1277 ____ Analyze Literature: Tone, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 76 ____ Analyze Literature: Analyze a Poem, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 77 310 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 310 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 9 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:58 AM Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 78 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 413–415 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 311 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 9 311 7/9/09 10:47:58 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F Author Focus: Donald Hall, p. 1278 Couplet: Old-Timers’ Day, Fenway Park, 1 May 1982 / Letter in Autumn / Let Evening Come, p. 1279 Directed Reading “Couplet: Old-Timers’ Day, Fenway Park, 1 May 1982” • Reading Level: Easy • Difficulty Consideration: Background information needed; setting and title are important • Ease Factor: Similes; short lines “Letter in Autumn” • Reading Level: Easy • Difficulty Consideration: Ideas don’t end at line breaks • Ease Factor: Similes; short lines “Let Evening Come” • Reading Level: Easy • Difficulty Consideration: Poetic line breaks • Ease Factor: Subject matter Pacing • Regular Schedule: 3 days • Block Schedule: 1.5 days Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • read, interpret, analyze, and evaluate a poem about fans’ support for fading baseball stars and a conversational elegy to the poet’s late wife • understand the influence of contemporary America on the literature • analyze and understand symbol and mood • develop writing and other language arts skills as specified in the Unit 9 Scope & Sequence Planning Guide Before Reading Teach the Feature(s) Select from the following resources to Teach the Feature(s): ____ Author Focus: Donald Hall, SE/ATE, p. 1278 Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1279 ____ Build Vocabulary: Definitions, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 79 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 1280–1285 ____ Literary Connection: The U.S. Poet Laureate, SE/ATE, p. 1285 ____ Literature Connection: “Let Evening Come,” SE/ATE, pp. 1286–1287 312 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 312 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 9 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:58 AM Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, pp. 1280, 1282 ____ Enrichment, ATE, p. 1280 ____ English Language Learning, ATE, p. 1282 ____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, pp. 1283, 1286 ____ Learning Styles: Kinesthetic, ATE, p. 1284 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 1288–1289 ____ Extend the Learning: Baseball Poems, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 80 ____ Analyze Literature: Elegy, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 81 ____ Analyze Literature: Text-to-Text Connection, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, pp. 82–83 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 84 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 416–418 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 313 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 9 313 7/9/09 10:47:58 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F Learning to Love America, p. 1290 Independent Reading • Reading Level: Easy • Difficulty Consideration: Abstract concepts; title important to meaning • Ease Factor: Vocabulary Pacing • Regular Schedule: 1 day • Block Schedule: 0.5 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • apply reading strategies and skills • analyze literary elements • use context clues to understand unfamiliar vocabulary • address critical thinking questions • use writing options to assess understanding of the text Before Reading Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1290 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1290 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ Text Organization, Differentiated Instruction for English Language Learners, pp. 211–217 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1291 ____ Analyze Literature: Sound Devices, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 85 ____ Analyze Literature: Text-to-Text Connection, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, pp. 86–87 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 88 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 419–420 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® 314 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 314 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 9 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:59 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F A Quilt of a Country, p. 1292 Independent Reading • Reading Level: Moderate • Difficulty Consideration: Formal style; vocabulary; complex relationships between characters and events • Ease Factor: Some familiar topics Pacing • Regular Schedule: 1 day • Block Schedule: 0.5 day Objectives Studying this lesson will enable students to • apply reading strategies and skills • analyze literary elements • use context clues to understand unfamiliar vocabulary • address critical thinking questions • use writing options to assess understanding of the text Before Reading Preview and Motivate Choose from the following materials to preview the lesson and motivate your students: ____ Before Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1292 ____ Build Vocabulary: Denotation and Connotation, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 89 During Reading Teach the Selection(s) Choose from the following resources to teach the selection(s): ____ During Reading, SE/ATE, pp. 1292–1295 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ English Language Learning, ATE, pp. 1293, 1294 ____ Enrichment, ATE, p. 1293 ____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, p. 1294 After Reading Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ After Reading, SE/ATE, p. 1295 ____ Analyze Literature: Thesis, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, pp. 90–91 ____ Extend the Text: Research Anna Quindlen’s Work, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, pp. 92–93 Assess Administer the following assessment tool(s): ____ Selection Quiz, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, p. 94 ____ Lesson Test, Assessment Guide, pp. 421–422 © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 315 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 9 315 7/9/09 10:47:59 AM Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® 316 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 316 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 9 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:59 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F Speaking & Listening Workshop: Present an Argument, p. 1297 Pacing • Regular Schedule: 2 days • Block Schedule: 1 day Objectives Participating in this lesson will help enable students to • present an argument that concerns a school or community issue • present an argument that is based on evidence they have researched and organized • present an argument that is accompanied by helpful notes and visual aids Teach the Workshop Select from the following resources to teach the workshop: ____ Speaking & Listening Workshop: Present an Argument, SE/ATE, p. 1297 ____ Language Arts Handbook Section 7.1, Verbal and Nonverbal Communication, SE/ATE, p. 1353 ____ Language Arts Handbook Section 7.4, Asking and Answering Questions, SE/ATE, pp. 1354–1355 ____ Language Arts Handbook Section 7.6, Public Speaking, SE/ATE, pp. 1356–1357 ____ Language Arts Handbook Section 7.10, Preparing a Multimedia Presentation, SE/ATE, p. 1359 Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ Present an Argument, Exceeding the Standards: Speaking & Listening, pp. 24–26 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 317 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 9 317 7/9/09 10:47:59 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F Writing Workshop: Persuasive Writing—Write a Research Paper, p. 1298 Pacing • Regular Schedule: 3 days • Block Schedule: 1.5 days Objectives Participating in this lesson will help enable students to • write a research paper that has an introduction that generates interest and provides context • write a research paper that has a clear thesis statement • write a research paper that has a body presenting support with details gathered from research • write a research paper that has a conclusion that restates the thesis and makes a recommendation or call to action Teach the Workshop Select from the following resources to teach the workshop: ____ Writing Workshop: Persuasive Writing—Write a Research Paper, SE/ATE, pp. 1298–1305 ____ Language Arts Handbook Section 4.1, The Writing Process, SE/ATE, pp. 1335–1340 ____ Language Arts Handbook Section 4.2, Modes and Purposes of Writing, SE/ATE, p. 1340 Differentiate Instruction Consider the following alternative teaching options to differentiate instruction: ____ Reading Proficiency, ATE, pp. 1300, 1301 ____ English Language Learning, ATE, pp. 1300, 1301 ____ Enrichment, ATE, p. 1300 ____ Learning Styles: Visual, ATE, p. 1302 ____ Learning Styles: Auditory, ATE, p. 1302 ____ Learning Styles: Kinesthetic, ATE, p. 1302 Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ Descriptive or Expository Writing: Use Cataloging, Exceeding the Standards: Writing, pp. 116–128 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® 318 i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 318 AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 9 Program Planning Guide © EMC Publishing, LLC 7/9/09 10:47:59 AM L E S S O N P L A N Name: ____________________________________________________ Date: __________________ M T W Th F Test Practice Workshop, p. 1306 Pacing • Regular Schedule: 1 day • Block Schedule: 0.5 day Objectives Participating in this lesson will help enable students to • evaluate an argument in a reading passage • prewrite, write, and revise a persuasive essay in response to a writing prompt • read and revise a passage for errors in organization, grammar, spelling, punctuation, and capitalization Teach the Workshop Select from the following resources to teach the workshop: ____ Reading Skills: Evaluate an Argument, SE/ATE, pp. 1306–1307 ____ Writing Skills: Prepare for the Test, SE/ATE, p. 1308 ____ Revising and Editing Skills, SE/ATE, p. 1309 ____ Language Arts Handbook Section 8.1, Preparing for Tests, SE/ATE, p. 1360 ____ Language Arts Handbook Section 8.2, Strategies for Taking Standardized Tests, SE/ATE, p. 1360 ____ Language Arts Handbook Section 8.4, Answering Multiple-Choice Questions, SE/ATE, p. 1361 ____ Language Arts Handbook Section 8.5, Answering Reading Comprehension Questions, SE/ATE, p. 1361 ____ Language Arts Handbook Section 8.8, Answering Constructed-Response Questions, SE/ATE, p. 1362 ____ Language Arts Handbook Section 8.9, Answering Essay Questions, SE/ATE, pp. 1362–1363 ____ Test-Taking Skills and Strategies, Exceeding the Standards: Test Practice, pp. 1–2 Review and Extend Use the following materials to review and extend the lesson: ____ Contemporary Era Study Guide: Practice Test, Meeting the Standards Unit 9, pp. 13–15 ____ Comprehensive Practice Test: Reading, Revising and Editing, and Writing, Exceeding the Standards: Test Practice, pp. 23–26 Technology Tools Enhance the lesson with interactive activities offered in these technology supplements: EMC Launchpad ETS Online Criterion-Based Essay Annotated Teacher’s Edition on CD Grader (Grades 9–12) Interactive Student Text on CD EMC Audio Library ExamView Assessment Suite on CD EMC E-Library Visual Teaching Package mirrorsandwindows.com ® © EMC Publishing, LLC i-319_PPG_Grade11.indd 319 Program Planning Guide AMERICAN TRADITION, UNIT 9 319 7/9/09 10:47:59 AM